10-K 1 exam_10k-123112.htm FORM 10-K exam_10k-123112.htm


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x
Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
o
Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
 
Commission File No. 001-34930
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware
27-2909425
(State or other jurisdiction of
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)
 
 
3280 PEACHTREE ROAD, N.E., SUITE 2625
ATLANTA, GEORGIA 30305
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(404) 952-2400
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
COMMON STOCK, $.0001-PAR VALUE PER SHARE
NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o Yes x No
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o Yes x No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x  No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  x  No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer x Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o  No  x
 
The aggregate market value of ExamWorks Group, Inc.’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates on June 29, 2012, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $362,812,000 based on the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on June 29, 2012 of $13.23 per share.
 
 ExamWorks Group, Inc. had 34,673,044 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 14, 2013.
 
 
 

 
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated.  Such Proxy Statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.
 
 
2

 

EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
DECEMBER 31, 2012
FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
Page
     
PART I
     
Item 1.
Business
5
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
18
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
28
Item 2.
Properties
29
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
29
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
29
     
PART II
     
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
30
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
32
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
36
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
56
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
56
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
56
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
57
Item 9B.
Other Information
58
     
PART III
     
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
59
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
59
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
59
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
59
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
59
     
PART IV
     
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
60
 
 
3

 
 
Forward-looking Statements
 
This report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements convey current expectations or forecasts of future events for ExamWorks Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (also referred to herein as “we”, “our”, “us”, “Company” or “ExamWorks”). All statements contained in this report other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking. You can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “will,” “can,” “continue,” or “may,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes. The following uncertainties and factors, among others (including the factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this report), could affect our future performance and cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements:

 
● 
our ability to compete successfully;
 
● 
our ability to implement our growth strategy, including our acquisition program;
 
● 
our ability to integrate completed acquisitions;
 
● 
our expansion into international markets and our ability to operate in such markets;
 
● 
our ability to secure additional financing;
 
● 
changes in regulations affecting our client’s needs for our services or enactment of regulations impacting our business;
 
● 
failure to effectively and efficiently develop and integrate our information technology platform;
 
● 
our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and other information, including non-public medical related personal information;
 
● 
our ability to retain qualified physicians and other medical providers for our medical panel;
 
● 
our ability to retain or expand our client relationships, or obtain new ones;
 
● 
our ability to provide our services in an accurate, timely and efficient manner;
 
● 
our relatively limited operating history;
 
● 
our ability to retain key management personnel; and
 
● 
restrictions in our credit facility, the indenture governing the notes, and future indebtedness.
 
There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. These important factors include those that we discuss in this report under the caption “Risk Factors.” You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this report as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this report. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
 
This report also contains statistical data and estimates, including those relating to market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that we obtained from industry publications and generated with internal analysis and estimates. These publications include forward-looking statements made by the authors of such reports. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. Some data and information are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys as well as the independent sources listed above. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness.
 
 
4

 

Part I
Item 1. Business
 
Our Company
 
ExamWorks is a leading provider of independent medical examinations (“IMEs”), peer reviews, bill reviews and related services (“IME services” or the “IME industry”). We provide these IME services through our medical panel of independently contracted, credentialed physicians and other medical providers. Our clients include property and casualty insurance carriers, law firms, third-party claim administrators, and government agencies that use independent services to confirm the veracity of claims by sick or injured individuals for workers’ compensation, automotive, personal injury liability and disability insurance coverage. We help our clients manage costs and enhance their risk management processes by verifying the validity, nature, cause and extent of claims, identifying fraud and providing fast, efficient and quality IME services.
 
We deliver our services in all 50 U.S. states, Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia. Our operating model enables us to offer our clients the localized services they are accustomed to, while realizing the benefits of scale that accrue to a larger, integrated company. We provide our clients with the local presence, expertise and broad geographic coverage they increasingly require. Our size and geographic reach give our clients access to our medical panel and proprietary information technology infrastructure that has been specifically designed to streamline the complex process of coordinating referrals, scheduling appointments, complying with regulations and client reporting. Our primary service is to provide IMEs that give our clients authoritative and accurate answers to questions regarding the nature and permanency of medical conditions or personal injury, their cause and appropriate treatment. Additionally, we provide peer reviews, which consist of medical opinions by members of our medical panel without conducting physical exams, and bill reviews, which consist of the review of physician and hospital bills to examine medical care rendered and its conformity to accepted standards of care and/or pricing.
 
The qualifications, experience and availability of physicians and other medical providers are critical to the IME industry, as they are the primary determinants of the speed and quality with which IME services are performed. We provide our physicians and other medical providers with seamless document management, scheduling, transcription and tracking systems, helping them increase efficiency and optimize the number of IME services they can conduct based on their availability. Our ability to minimize administrative burden and schedule appointments efficiently encourages physicians and other medical providers to perform IME services through us. Based on client and physician feedback, we believe our medical panel effectively meets our clients’ needs.
 
Our revenues consist primarily of fees per IME service performed. Our fees vary by physician/medical provider, specialty and type of service. Our primary costs are the payments made to physicians and other medical providers on our medical panel. Our costs are variable as virtually all medical panel members are independent contractors, allowing us to maintain and manage our operating margins more effectively. Our long-standing relationships with clients have resulted in historically consistent and recurrent demand for our services.
 
From July 14, 2008 through the date of this filing, we have acquired 40 IME businesses, including leading IME businesses in the U.S., Canada the United Kingdom and Australia, as well as a leading provider of software solutions to the IME industry.  As a result of our corporate infrastructure and scale, we have developed and refined our services by identifying and integrating processes from acquired businesses throughout our entire organization that require accountability, set clear sales goals, and track progress effectively.
 
We also maintain industry certifications and accreditations in order to ensure the quality and integrity of our IME services and processes. For example, ExamWorks' private cloud computing platform allows us to maintain some of the industry's most rigorous controls for the protection of confidential information. Our SSAE 16 certification, awarded upon the successful completion of a SSAE 16 Audit in North America, validates the robust nature of our technology platform and information security controls. In addition, industry-specific accreditations such as URAC demonstrate that we have consistently met meaningful standards of quality and compliance in the delivery of our services.
 
 
5

 
 
Industry Opportunity
 
We believe the IME industry represented sales volumes in 2011 of approximately $4.0 billion in the U.S., $0.5 billion in Australia, $0.6 billion in Canada and $0.5 billion in the United Kingdom based on our analysis of data reported by the U.S. National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“U.S. NAIC”), Australia state workcover and motor accident commissions, the Insurance Bureau of Canada, the Association of Workers’ Compensation Boards of Canada and the Association of British Insurers regarding the number of claims made in 2011 for which IME services may be requested in insurance lines we service, the estimated average price for IMEs and our knowledge of the IME market, our competitors and potential acquisition targets. The IME industry is highly fragmented, consisting of an estimated 500 companies in the U.S., most of which are privately owned and generate less than $10.0 million in annual revenues, and thousands of independent physicians and other medical providers. Most of these companies provide IME services to only one line of business and only at a local level. In contrast, the needs and requirements of IME clients are increasingly sophisticated, requiring a broader portfolio of services, uniform quality standards, consistent reporting and robust administrative and information systems necessary to meet their needs across multiple geographic regions and lines of business.
 
The following clients routinely request IME services:
 
Clients
   
Description
 
Insurance Companies
 
Mainly claims adjusters and in-house counsel for major insurance companies covering workers’ compensation, automotive, personal injury liability and disability insurance claims.
     
Law Firms
 
Attorneys who request IME services based on specific claims for insurance carriers.
     
Third-Party Claim
Administrators (“TPA”)
 
Process claims and administer benefits for large self-insured corporations that outsource claims management.
     
     
Government Agencies
 
Government agencies across the federal, state and local levels (e.g., U.S. Department of Labor and Health Canada).
     
State Funds
 
State-run payors that provide mandatory workers’ compensation insurance to companies.

 IME Industry Growth Drivers
 
We believe the IME industry presents IME services providers like us with continued potential for growth and profitability through consolidation, growth in international markets, and capture of market share from IME companies without a national infrastructure, large credentialed medical panel and/or robust technology platform. The following are some of the factors that contribute to these opportunities:

 
·
IME services are frequently used for a number of claims.  IME services are regularly used by insurance companies, law firms, TPAs, government agencies and stated funds for the evaluation of non-litigated and litigated claims.  In the U.S. IME market, we estimate, based on data reported by the U.S. NAIC, that approximately 25 million workers’ compensation, automotive, personal injury liability and disability insurance claims are made per year, which are potentially subject to IME services.  Particular types of claims with high economic value, such as permanent disability, typically require IMEs and have shown strong demand in recent years.

 
·
Cost containment and risk management will be primary areas of focus.  Current macroeconomic, demographic and regulatory trends, including increased medical costs and administrative and regulatory burdens, will continue to pressure users of IME services to better manage costs and mitigate risks.  If settled, claims are usually paid as a multiple of medical expenses and other costs accrued.  Consequently, clients increasingly demand fast, accurate and efficient provision of IME services to help manage costs.

 
·
Demand for IME services due to the prevalence of fraud.  The National Health Care Anti-Fraud Association estimates that 3% of all healthcare spending in the U.S., approximately $68.0 billion in 2007, was lost to fraud. Based on an analysis of the National Insurance Crime Bureau, the prevalence of property and casualty, workers’ compensation and motor vehicle fraud is rising, with questionable claims increasing by 9.4% from 2010 to 2011. With ongoing efforts to address healthcare and insurance fraud, we expect the demand for IME services to increase.
 
 
6

 

 
·
Sources of low-risk revenue are increasingly attractive to physicians.  Pressure in the healthcare industry on physician compensation encourages physicians to take on additional work, including performing IME services to supplement their incomes.  There is almost no reimbursement risk associated with performing IME services as physicians are paid on a per service basis at a pre-negotiated rate.  Consequently, demand from physicians to perform IME services is expected to remain strong.

 
·
International markets represent key growth opportunities.  There are several international markets with demand for IME services either due to regulatory requirements, such as national health programs, or private-sector adoption of claims validation practices to better manage costs and mitigate risks.

 
·
Industry fragmentation, inefficiencies and lack of scale present challenges for smaller IME companies.  The IME industry is highly fragmented and smaller IME companies may provide IME services inefficiently and with inconsistent quality.  With ongoing pressure in the IME industry to reduce costs, improve quality and improve workflow efficiency, we believe the market opportunity for IME companies with a comprehensive portfolio of services and broad geographic coverage is significant.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
While we compete with a large number of primarily local and regional IME providers, we believe our competitive strengths include the following:

 
·
Leading market positions in a stable industry.  We believe, based on our knowledge of the IME market, our competitors, our acquired businesses and our potential acquisition targets, that we are the largest provider of IME services in the U.S. based on revenues, and the only U.S.-based provider with significant global operations in Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia.  We believe demand for IME services has historically been driven by cost containment initiatives in response to rising medical costs, the need to efficiently manage substantial administrative and regulatory requirements, and the prevalence of fraudulent claims, all of which are expected to continue.

 
·
Growing brand names associated with market leading capabilities.  Our brands have distinct geographic and market strengths which continue to grow stronger as we build our national and international presence.  We are known by our clients as having industry leading capabilities and continue to position ourselves as the optimal IME services provider for insurance companies and other clients as well as physicians and other medical providers.  As we acquire companies, we seek to maintain the relationships and recognition associated with the acquired brands.  We believe that as the strength of our brands improve, we will continue to attract clients and qualified physicians and other medical providers to our medical panel.

 
·
Well positioned to capture market share.  With our focus on national accounts, our long-standing local relationships and our national and international footprint, we believe we are well positioned to continue to capture market share at the local and national level.  To date, we have been successful in being named a preferred vendor for many of the largest insurers and are in the process of adding more national accounts to our client list.  As a preferred vendor, local offices of national accounts, while generally maintaining discretion, are free to utilize our services over other vendors.  Consequently, as we add national accounts and proactively sell our services to our clients through our sales force, we should continue to receive new business and grow our market share.  The quality of long-standing relationships with our clients has historically provided consistent and recurrent demand for our services.

 
·
Large, qualified and experienced medical panel.  We believe our medical panel represents one of the IME industry’s leading groups of widely accessible, experienced and credible physicians and other medical providers. We have relationships with physicians and other medical providers across nearly every medical specialty. We are able to attract and retain our highly qualified medical panel through our ability to fill schedules and offer a full range of administrative services. We believe that quality of service, professionalism and speed of IME or review completion are key areas of focus for our clients and we work with our medical panel to ensure that we meet or exceed client expectations.
 
 
7

 

 
·
Leading technology platform.  Our proprietary and scalable technology platform, IME*Centric, streamlines our business processes and reduces administrative operating costs with industry leading coordination of patient referrals, appointment scheduling, client reporting and real-time case tracking. We believe that the complexities of the IME industry and client demand for a broader, more cost-effective portfolio of services will continue to benefit companies like us, which remain at the forefront of technological innovation.  Further, the architecture of our technology platform is built in a private virtual cloud computing network (“Private Cloud Network”), which allows us to maintain some of the industry's most rigorous controls for data protection.  We believe our emphasis on safeguarding and controlling access to data positions us favorably with clients who increasingly seek vendors with robust data security measures in place.

 
·
Proven track record of successfully completing and integrating key acquisitions. Our growth is supplemented by selective, disciplined acquisitions to expand our geographic coverage, provide new or complementary lines of business, expand our portfolio of services and increase our market share. Since our founding, we have acquired 40 IME businesses and have a track record of successfully integrating acquired businesses into our operations. Through rapid and effective integration, we have been able to utilize acquired platforms to cross-sell IME services. To date, we have successfully realized several key benefits through our acquisition strategy, including (i) the scale to operate efficiently while retaining the critical local office presence, (ii) the ability to offer our clients a leading medical panel, (iii) service-specific processes which are rapidly shared throughout our entire Company and (iv) the opportunity to introduce new products and services, and enter new markets and geographic regions.

 
·
Experienced management team. Our management team has an in-depth understanding of the IME industry as well as extensive experience growing companies profitably, both organically and through acquisitions. Prior to founding our Company, our senior executive team founded and operated three successful public companies. They bring extensive experience in growing businesses organically and acquisitively, having successfully integrated over 90 acquisitions during their careers. Many of the members of the executive management team have worked together closely over the past 18 years. Since ExamWorks’ inception, the management team has sourced and successfully completed 40 acquisitions.  In addition, many of these acquisitions, including our acquisition of MedHealth in August 2012, have added experienced industry executives to our management team worldwide.
 
Our Growth Strategies
 
Our objective is to continue to be a leading provider of IME services, and to build on our position as an essential and trusted service provider in claims validation and verification processes.
 
We believe the following initiatives will allow us to continue to grow:

 
·
Drive sales growth. As many of our acquired companies were family-owned businesses built on local relationships, they often did not have well-developed management strategies, policies and procedures. We have been able to implement processes that require accountability, set clear sales goals, and track progress effectively, with the goal of increasing the number of IME services provided to existing clients. This, in turn, should lead to increased growth and profitability.

 
·
Sell additional services to existing clients. With locations serving the U.S., Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia, we are able to use our large network to efficiently share services expertise within our sales force. By accelerating the knowledge transfer and cross-selling capabilities of our sales force, we are able to offer additional IME services to existing clients (for example, peer and bill reviews to existing IME clients). This will allow us to capture additional market share and grow our presence in markets by increasing utilization of our existing platform across all IME service offerings.

 
·
Cross-sell into other insurance lines of business. Currently, we have clients that use our services for a specific line of business. We can increase sales to existing clients through cross-selling into additional lines of business, such as workers’ compensation, automotive, personal injury liability and disability.
 
 
8

 

 
·
Expand geographic footprint with existing clients. We intend to build on our local relationships and expand into new geographic regions where our clients operate. As many of our clients have a broad national and/or international presence, we believe our strong relationships and reputation for providing quality IME services will provide us with opportunities to receive intra-client referrals and increase our geographic footprint. As we continue to expand geographically, we expect our national account program to build momentum and for us to become a preferred provider for more of our clients.

 
·
Pursue accretive strategic acquisitions. We believe that our fragmented industry provides many opportunities for acquisitions. We plan to continue pursuing acquisitions to grow our business in our existing markets and add new service areas and geographic regions, including new international markets. We have a history of successfully integrating acquired businesses and have acquired 40 businesses to date. The acquisitions have allowed us to diversify our portfolio of services and expand our geographic footprint.

Our Services, Medical Panel and Technology Platform
 
Our services primarily include IMEs and peer and bill reviews which are provided by members of our medical panel. Our portfolio of IME services meets the urgent claims evaluation needs of our clients by verifying the validity, nature, cause and extent of claims, identifying fraud and providing fast, efficient and quality IME services.
 
Independent Medical Examinations
 
Our primary service is to arrange for the provision of IMEs that give our clients authoritative and accurate answers to questions regarding the nature and permanency of medical conditions or personal injury, their cause and appropriate treatment. Clients use IMEs as part of their claims or liability management process in order to confirm the veracity of claims by sick or injured individuals for workers’ compensation, automotive, personal injury liability and disability insurance coverage. Our independent and clearly written opinions, prepared by our credentialed panel of physicians and other medical providers, address both medical and legal competencies. In most cases, clients cannot perform the services in-house, as there is a need to perform IMEs independently, objectively and in a cost-effective manner. IMEs are also used by attorneys for legal disputes and proceedings related to personal injury and other claims. In the case of litigated claims, physicians and medical providers on our medical panel are able to provide expert testimony.
 
Peer Reviews
 
We offer a full range of peer review services, including medical record reviews, nurse file reviews and utilization reviews by members of our medical panel. Our peer reviews, which are performed by members of our medical panel, provide an informed, credible, and evidence-based medical opinion of a claimant’s condition and treatment. These reviews examine and include opinions as to (i) causal relationships, (ii) reasonableness and appropriateness of treatment, (iii) mitigating conditions with relevant associated and degenerative conditions, and (iv) the necessity of medical service and treatment, all for the purpose of facilitating the fair and proper handling of claims.
 
Bill Reviews
 
We offer a full range of bill review services, including physician and hospital bill reviews and surgical cost estimates. Bill reviews examine the specific medical care rendered and how its relevance and cost conform to industry accepted standards of care. Physician and hospital bill reviews are used to facilitate the adjudication, settlement or resolution of a medical bill or claim, through a line item audit for every charge on the bill, based on service rates from local market data. Our surgical cost estimates, performed by credentialed registered nurses on our medical panel, highlight ways in which costs can be anticipated, managed, and reduced. This service provides insight into prospective procedures, likely rehabilitation and implications for disability and costs, and is particularly helpful in addressing claims where medical severity continues to increase.
 
Other IME-related services
 
We also offer a variety of other IME-related services, including litigation support services, medical record retrieval services, administrative support services and managed technology services. Litigation support services involve a member of our medical panel providing expert testimony on behalf of our clients. Medical record retrieval services are performed by an ExamWorks employee and involve the physical retrieval of the claimant’s historical medical records typically in conjunction with an IME or a peer review. Administrative support services are performed by an ExamWorks employee and involve the completion and submission of forms required for the request of exams on behalf of our clients.  Managed technology services are performed by our information technology team and involve providing customized technology solutions to streamline operations and increase data security.
 
 
9

 
 
Medical Panel
 
Our IME services are performed by a panel of experienced and credentialed physicians and other medical providers, which include dentists, chiropractors, psychologists, acupuncturists, physical therapists, nurses, and social workers, among others. Our medical panel consists of physicians and other medical providers who have performed services and received compensation from us and our acquired businesses. In virtually all cases, these physicians and other medical providers are engaged by us on an independent contractor basis, which is customary in the IME industry. Because virtually all members of our medical panel are independent contractors, as opposed to employees, we do not withhold income or other employment related taxes, pay employment related taxes, provide workers’ compensation insurance, or directly assume any malpractice liability with respect to them. Utilization of members on our medical panel is heavily dependent on geographic location and certain specialties, including orthopedic, chiropractic, rehabilitation and neurology specialties. Importantly, our medical panel costs are variable, allowing us to effectively maintain and manage our operating margins. We have been able to attract and retain members of our own panel through our ability to fill schedules and offer a full range of administrative services. We also employ in-house recruiters who are responsible for the identification and recruitment of members of our medical panel, and members of our panel also serve as a source of referrals for other panel members.
 
Members of our medical panel must have extensive applicable experience and clinical backgrounds, active medical practices, and/or hold positions in a reputable medical or clinical facilities. To the extent applicable, we require our physicians and other medical providers to (i) be board certified, licensed or accredited practitioners of related and supporting medical specialties, (ii) have proof of medical malpractice insurance; (iii) pass background checks for disciplinary action; (iv) maintain offices that are well kept and clean; (v) submit to regularly scheduled site inspections to ensure that the highest standards of courtesy and professionalism are observed; and (vi) be available to testify when needed.
 
The credentialing of physicians and other medical providers is a critical component of our ability to provide and maintain the integrity and quality of our services and compete effectively. All physicians and other medical providers in our panel must comply with requests for information and with our credentialing procedures. The process starts with each physician and other medical provider completing a comprehensive questionnaire that is reviewed carefully using primary source verification methods to verify his or her license status and other professional qualifications. Primary source verification involves a direct contact with the sources of licenses and qualifications to confirm that information provided to us about licenses and qualifications are legitimate and current. As we acquire businesses, we implement our credentialing policies and procedures to ensure that all of our acquired businesses operate on a consistent basis and in conformity with our procedures as quickly as reasonably possible after being acquired.

In addition, our quality management program provides oversight to, and ensures quality performance of IMEs by, our medical panel, through recruitment, credentialing, auditing, and ongoing education. Under the leadership of our Chief Medical Director and our compliance and network development directors, our quality management committee monitors and provides ongoing evaluation of all aspects of the IME process to ensure the consistent delivery of high quality IME services to our clients.
 
Technology Platform
 
Through our acquisition of IME Software Solutions in July 2009, we acquired IME*Centric, a leading platform software solution for the IME industry and are in the process of deploying this technology. We are now able to customize specific software initiatives to meet our clients’ needs and to support our strategic objectives. With IME*Centric, we provide clients with access to our web portal and computing network that automates a host of tasks that can otherwise consume a significant amount of time for both our staff and our clients. Specific functions of our technology platform include central data collection, data privacy controls, elimination of cost centers, business continuity procedures, and data mining capabilities. We use real-time feedback from our clients to improve functionality and performance of our technology and processes and incorporate these improvements into our portfolio of services on a regular basis.
 
 
10

 
 
IME*Centric links our clients with our IME platform and medical panel and allows for the following functionality:
 
 
● 
online referrals and electronic record submission.
 
 
● 
automated forms generation.
 
 
● 
search and scheduling.
 
 
● 
review and comment on documents and physician reports.
 
 
● 
tracking and auditing.
 
The architecture of our IME*Centric technology platform is built in a Private Cloud Network. This platform consists of a fully virtualized, yet private, system, which allows us to maintain some of the most rigorous data protection and access controls in the industry.
 
In addition, through our acquisition of MES in February 2011, we acquired OMS, a robust proprietary software platform. The OMS software solution shares many of the features of IME*Centric and is fully deployed throughout all of MES’ service centers. To date, the IME*Centric software solution has been deployed in the majority of our other service centers. As we continue to run IME*Centric and OMS, our ownership of both solutions provides us with the flexibility to build a technology platform that combines the strengths of both systems.
 
The development and deployment of our technology platform is led by our Chief Information Officer and managed centrally by dedicated team leaders and other members of our information technology department. We plan to continue developing our technological capabilities nationally and internationally and enhancing the competitive advantages our technology platform provides.
 
Acquisitions
 
We have substantial experience in identifying, acquiring and integrating IME services businesses. Since our inception, we have acquired 40 IME businesses and have a track record of successfully integrating acquired businesses into our operations. These acquisitions have enabled us to establish a presence in new markets, strengthen our position in existing markets and add new or complementary lines of business to our portfolio of services. Our management team executes our growth strategy by being involved in the process of identifying complementary acquisition opportunities in new and existing markets. Our management team is experienced, having collectively coordinated due diligence, negotiation and execution for all acquisitions to date.
 
We anticipate that we will continue to acquire companies in geographic regions in which we currently have a limited presence or that offer a complementary portfolio of services to those that we already provide, and would consider suitable acquisition candidates, characterized by several, if not all, of the following attributes:
 
 
● 
an experienced and talented management team prepared to make a commitment to executing our strategic business plan.
 
● 
specialization in certain services that may be beneficial to or complement our other companies.
 
● 
a demonstrated record of organic growth and profitability, or capable of achieving our minimum financial performance targets in the near term.
 
Our process to source, execute and integrate acquisition targets has been successful to date, as we have been able to identify suitable targets efficiently and close the vast majority of transactions we initiated. Our acquisition process includes several key steps. During sourcing, we either identify potential targets directly or receive inbound requests from IME or IME-related businesses interested in joining ExamWorks. Our preliminary assessment consists of an evaluation of the target’s financial performance and fit with our business model and culture. If a proposal is considered, we formulate a suitable bid based on a critical assessment of the target’s historical and projected performance. We always aim to negotiate and complete purchase agreements as efficiently as possible. During the final stage of closing and integration, we strive to introduce concrete goals and objectives and implement professional management practices to ensure that the target’s culture and processes are consistent with those of ExamWorks.
 
 
11

 

ExamWorks Acquisitions
 
From our inception through the date of this filing, we have completed the following acquisitions:
 
Acquisition Date
 
Name
December 19, 2012
 
PMG
August 31, 2012
 
MedHealth
July 12, 2012
 
Makos
October 27, 2011
 
Bronshvag
October 24, 2011
 
Matrix Health Management
October 3, 2011
 
Capital Vocational Specialists
   
North York Rehabilitation Centre
September 28, 2011
 
MLS Group of Companies
   
Medicolegal Services
May 10, 2011
 
Premex Group
February 28, 2011
 
MES Group
February 18, 2011
 
National IME Centres
December 20, 2010
 
Royal Medical Consultants
October 1, 2010
 
BMEGateway
September 7, 2010
 
UK Independent Medical Services
September 1, 2010
 
Health Cost Management
August 6, 2010
 
Verity Medical
   
Exigere
June 30, 2010
 
SOMA Medical Assessments
   
Direct IME
   
Network Medical Review
   
Independent Medical Services
   
401 Diagnostics
March 26, 2010
 
Metro Medical Services
March 15, 2010
 
American Medical Bill Review
   
Medical Evaluations
December 31, 2009
 
Abeton
   
Medical Assurance Group
   
MedNet I.M.S.
   
Qualmed
   
IME Operations of Physicians' Practice
August 14, 2009
 
The Evaluation Group
August 4, 2009
 
Benchmark Medical Consultants
July 7, 2009
 
IME Software Solutions
May 21, 2009
 
Florida Medical Specialists
   
Marquis Medical Administrators
April 17, 2009
 
Ricwel
July 14, 2008
 
CFO Medical Services
   
Crossland Medical Review Services
   
Southwest Medical
 
 
12

 

Geographic Information
 
With the acquisitions of SOMA and Direct IME in June 2010, we entered the Canadian market, with the acquisition of UK Independent Medical Services in September 2010, we entered the U.K. market and with the acquisition of MedHealth in August 2012, we entered the Australian market. The following tables detail revenues and long-lived assets by geographic region:
 
Revenues:
  For the years ended December 31,  
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
United States
  $ 147,918     $ 298,056     $ 340,200  
Canada
    9,710       21,271       27,595  
United Kingdom
    5,883       78,533       131,278  
Australia
                22,164  
Total
  $ 163,511     $ 397,860     $ 521,237  
 
 
Long-lived assets: (1)
 
December 31,
         
      2011       2012          
United States
  $ 340,955     $ 337,831          
Canada
    42,377       34,919          
United Kingdom
    96,822       99,140          
Australia
          94,291          
Total
  $ 480,154     $ 566,181          
 
 
(1)
Long-lived assets are noncurrent assets excluding deferred tax assets and deferred financing costs.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
We employ a direct sales force of approximately 119 representatives with in-depth knowledge of the IME industry. Given the experience of our sales team and the constant sharing of market data and other relevant information from each of our 57 service centers, we believe our sales force provides us with a competitive advantage. Our sales force promotes and sells our services to existing and new clients and seeks to expand the services we provide to our existing client base. We focus on both our clients who request IME services and the physicians and other medical providers who perform them.

Physician and other medical providers’ enrollment and retention are critical aspects of our sales strategy. It is important for us to have a large, motivated network of physicians and other medical providers who collectively offer diverse expertise and enable accelerated IME and review times. We recruit physicians and other medical providers through various channels, including med-legal conferences, referrals and continuing medical education seminars. Our ability to recruit physicians and other medical providers has been supported by the increasing prominence of our brands, both domestically and abroad.
 
Our marketing efforts focus on creating strong brand identities through industry trade shows, websites, print media and development of industry related seminars and continuing medical education opportunities. Our brand awareness in the IME industry has resulted in several companies proactively reaching out to us to join ExamWorks, and aided in our national account program to become a preferred service provider for clients. We have developed, and intend to continue to develop, local, regional, national and international marketing programs designed to create strong brand identities, emphasizing our wide geographic footprint, capabilities and technology platform.
 
Clients
 
Our clients include insurance companies, law firms, TPAs, government agencies and state funds. Our client base is diversified, with no client contributing more than 10% of total revenues in each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. Pro forma for acquisitions completed to date, no client contributed more than 10% of pro forma total revenues in 2010, 2011 or 2012.
 
 
13

 
 
Competitive Landscape
 
Our competitors primarily consist of significantly smaller, local and regional companies in a fragmented landscape. In the U.S., we estimate that there are approximately 500 mainly private companies and thousands of independent physicians and medical providers that provide IME services. Small, local and regional providers often lack the scale and experience to provide multiple products across multiple service lines. Typically, these companies are able to provide just one product. We indirectly compete with local providers, HMOs and non-profit hospitals utilizing staff physicians, insurance companies employing in-house staff, and public companies providing services as a subset of a core line of business. In the U.S., Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia, IME providers compete on the basis of their geographic footprint, the strength of their client relationships, quality of reports, availability of qualified physicians and other medical providers, service offerings and, to a lesser extent, price. Increasingly, IME providers in all four countries also compete on the ability of their technology platforms to streamline the IME business processes of their clients.
 
The competitive landscapes in Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia have similar characteristics in that IME services are mainly provided by smaller companies and independent physicians. We estimate that there are in excess of 90 companies in Canada, 40 companies in the United Kingdom, and 30 companies in Australia that provide IME services. We believe there is an opportunity for an IME services company such as ExamWorks, with broad infrastructure and extensive experience, to grow and expand in these markets.
 
Some of our competitors may have more significant historical relationships with clients in their geographic regions.
 
Government Regulation

As a participant in the medical industry, our operations and relationships with our clients, physician contractors and other medical professionals are subject to a variety of government regulations. These laws and regulations are broad in scope and they are subject to evolving interpretations, which could require us to incur substantial costs associated with compliance and/or to alter one or more of our practices. We devote significant efforts to establish and maintain compliance with all regulatory requirements that we believe are applicable to our business and the services we offer. Specifically, but without limitation, the following laws and regulations may affect our operations and contractual relationships:

Government Regulation of Health Information
 
HIPAA. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended (including by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”)), including the regulations issued and effective thereunder, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, contains substantial restrictions and requirements with respect to the use and disclosure of individuals’ protected health information. HIPAA applies to covered entities, such as certain healthcare providers and health plans, as well as business associates that perform functions on behalf of or provide services to covered entities.
 
As a result of our dealings with clients, suppliers and contractors in the medical industry which may be considered covered entities under or otherwise subject to the requirements of HIPAA, we are, in some circumstances, considered a business associate under HIPAA. As a business associate, we are subject to the HIPAA requirements relating to the privacy and security of protected health information. Among other things, HIPAA requires business associates to (i) maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards to prevent protected health information from misuse, (ii) report security incidents and other inappropriate uses or disclosures of the information, including to individuals and governmental authorities, and (iii) assist covered entities from which we obtain health information with certain of their duties under HIPAA.

On January 17, 2013, the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) issued final regulations that modify and add provisions to HIPAA. These regulations are effective as of March 26, 2013, and require compliance by business associates by September 23, 2013.  Among other things, these regulations extend the applicability of the Privacy Rule and the Security Rule of HIPAA to business associates, expand the definition of business associates to include subcontractors and revise breach notification requirements under HITECH by clarifying when information breaches much be reported to HHS.  We have policies and safeguards in place intended to protect health information as required by HIPAA and have processes in place to assist us in complying with applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and responding to any security incidents.
 
 
14

 
 
Other Laws. In addition to HIPAA, many other jurisdictions, including most U.S. states, have enacted confidentiality laws that protect against the unauthorized disclosure of confidential health information, and many U.S. states have adopted or are considering further legislation in this area, including privacy safeguards, security standards and data security breach notification requirements. Further state and local laws, if more stringent than federal requirements, may not be preempted by the federal requirements, and we must comply with them even though they may be subject to different interpretations by various courts and other governmental authorities. In addition, numerous other state and federal laws govern the collection, dissemination, use, accesses to, confidentiality and retention of health information.
 
False or Fraudulent Claim Laws
 
There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with the submission and payment of physician claims for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems for such submission and payment, for example, by systematic over treatment or duplicate billing of the same services to collect increased or duplicate payments.
 
In particular, in the U.S., the federal False Claims Act, or FCA, prohibits a person from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval by an officer, employee or agent of the U.S. In addition, the FCA prohibits a person from knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to such a claim. The FCA’s “reverse false claim” provision also creates liability for persons who knowingly and improperly conceal the retention of an overpayment of government money. Violations of the FCA may result in treble damages, significant monetary penalties, and other collateral consequences including, potentially, exclusion from participation in federally funded health care programs. The scope and implications of the “Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act” amendments have yet to be fully determined or adjudicated and as a result it is difficult to predict how future enforcement initiatives may impact our business.

In addition, under the Civil Monetary Penalty Act of 1981, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General has the authority to impose administrative penalties and assessments against any person, including an organization or other entity, who, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, to a state or federal government employee or agent certain false or otherwise improper claims.
 
Laws and Licenses Relating to our Lines of Business

We are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws, rules and regulations relating to our industry and our specific lines of business, including, without limitation, workers’ compensation, auto-injury and insurance laws. These laws are wide-ranging in scope and effect and range from requiring that we register with a governmental agency to imposing specific limitations on how medical assessments must be scheduled and conducted and how payment must be collected. Our other lines of services, including our bill review and peer review services, are also subject to or influenced by a wide variety of state and local laws, rules and regulations.
 
In addition, in some jurisdictions, these laws require us to obtain and maintain licenses, certifications and/or accreditations in order to conduct business (as, for example, an independent review organization or utilization review agent). We are subject to periodic inspection by governmental and other authorities to assure continued compliance with the various standards necessary for licensing and accreditations. We are taking the steps that we believe are required to maintain or obtain all requisite licenses and certifications and to comply with these laws.
 
Laws Regarding Prohibition of Corporate Practice of Medicine and Fee Splitting Arrangements
 
The practice of most healthcare professions requires appropriate licensing under applicable U.S. state law. Some states prohibit general business entities, such as we are, from practicing medicine, controlling physicians’ medical decisions and engaging in some practices such as fee-splitting. Among other things, we currently contract with physicians to facilitate provision of IMEs in all 50 U.S. states. Although we are not in the business of providing healthcare or practicing medicine, and believe that we have structured our operations appropriately, we could be alleged or found to be in violation of some or all of these laws. If a state determines that some portion of our business violates these laws, it may seek to have us discontinue those portions or subject us to penalties, fines, certain license requirements or other measures. Any determination that we have acted improperly in this regard may result in liability to us. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory authorities or others of our practices could result in adverse publicity and be costly to respond to.
 
 
15

 
 
Healthcare Reform Law
 
On March 23, 2010, the U.S. healthcare reform bill passed into law as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act as amended by the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act (together, “PPACA”). This law and related measures call for increased scrutiny of, and impose requirements on, physicians, employer plans and insurance companies, and their third party contractors; while we are not in the business of providing healthcare, to the extent we contract with these parties, these reforms may affect our business.  For example, PPACA now requires claims made under certain self-insured plans to be reviewed in accordance with certain appeal and external review processes, which has resulted in a need for PPACA peer review services. Many of the provisions of PPACA are either still being implemented or interpreted. As a result, we cannot yet predict the full effect of PPACA and related measures; however, at this time we do not believe that these reforms will have a significant negative impact on our business.

Foreign Government Regulations and Regulation of Foreign Operations
 
In General. Our operations in Australia, Canada and the U.K. are subject to a variety of federal, regional and local regulations, including those related to privacy, security and employment, and those relating to our various lines of business.  In addition, doing business on a worldwide basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions which may apply both inside and outside of the jurisdictions enacting them. These regulations may place restrictions on our operations, trade practices and partners and investment decisions. In particular, our operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and the Bribery Act, as described below. The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business. As part of our business, we may directly or indirectly provide services to state-owned business enterprises, the employees of which may be considered foreign officials for purposes of the FCPA.  Violations of these regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts and revocations or restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment.
 
Australia. In Australia the federal Privacy Act 1988 (Cth) establishes and regulates a national scheme for the collection, use and disclosure of personal data by organizations, which includes private organizations that provide services in the health services sector.  This is the primary point of regulation regarding the disclosure of personal information and the protection of information held by our Australian businesses.

Canada. The Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (“PIPEDA”) is federal legislation that applies to federally regulated private sector organizations, including organizations in the transportation, communications, broadcasting and banking sectors, and to provincially regulated private sector organizations in provinces that have not enacted “substantially similar” legislation. PIPEDA applies to personal information which is collected, used or disclosed in the course of commercial activity that takes place across the Canadian border, between provinces, or within a Canadian province that has not enacted substantially similar legislation, and among other things, imposes consent obligations on the collection, use or disclosure of information, and requires that collected information be protected with reasonable privacy and security measures.  The province of British Columbia and Alberta have enacted the British Columbia Personal Information Protection Act and the Alberta Personal Information Protection Act, respectively.  In these provinces, the provincial legislation, which has been declared “substantially similar” to PIPEDA, applies to the use of personal information by private sector organizations in place of PIPEDA. In certain circumstances and provinces, additional provincial legislation may apply in addition to, or in the place of PIPEDA. Physicians and other persons providing services to us may also be subject to other provincial laws governing health information that is transmitted to us in connection with these services.

In Ontario, the conduct of IMEs and the preparation of reports in connection with motor vehicle accident claims is governed by the Statutory Accident Benefit Schedule (“SABS”) set forth in regulations promulgated under the Insurance Act (Ontario). Under the SABS, insurers are generally required to pay for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by or on behalf of an insured person for the purpose of obtaining and attending an IME or in obtaining a certificate, report or treatment plan. Amendments to the SABS that went into effect on September 1, 2010, implemented several changes relevant to our business. First, the SABS no longer requires insurance companies to first obtain medical assessments before denying claims and/or classifying them as minor injury claims, but clarify that all such denials and/or determinations must state a medical and any other reasons. This change has resulted in a decrease in demand for IMEs in Ontario which has negatively impacted our Canadian business.  In addition, the SABS now requires that all fees and expenses for conducting IMEs initiated by the claimant be paid out of the claimant’s medical and rehabilitation benefits. There is uncertainty in the industry as to the long-term effect that the changes related to insurers’ ability to deny claims without an IME and charging claimants for the costs of medical assessments will have on the demand for IMEs. The SABS now also imposes a cap of C$2,000 as the maximum fee that may be charged for each IME. Historically, fees for IMEs for non-catastrophic automobile injuries, which constitute the substantial majority of IMEs performed by us, have been below the C$2,000 cap.  As a result, the cap itself has not significantly impacted our business in Canada.
 
 
16

 
 
United Kingdom. In the United Kingdom, the collection and use of personal data is principally governed by the Data Protection Act 1998 (the “Data Protection Act”). The Data Protection Act applies to the “processing” of “personal data”, with both of these terms being widely defined. Consequently, virtually every business operating in the United Kingdom holding information about employees, customers or anyone else is required to comply with the Data Protection Act which is administered and enforced by the Information Commissioner.  Subject to some limited exceptions, the Data Protection Act requires those subject to it to notify the Information Commissioner prior to commencing the processing of information. Notifications need to include specific information including: (i) the processor’s name, (ii) a description of the personal information being processed, (iii) the reasons the information needs to be processed, (iv) security measures in place relating to the information and (v) details about whom the information is processed by.
 
The Data Protection Act also imposes obligations on those processing personal data including: (i) a right for the individual to inspect their personal data, (ii) restrictions on the transfer of data outside the European Economic Area without adequate safeguards, (iii) a need to have in place appropriate security measures to safeguard the personal data, (iv) a requirement that the data held is not excessive in relation to the purpose for holding the information and (v) an obligation not to retain data longer than necessary. A breach of data protection legislation can result in civil and criminal sanctions as well as the risk of adverse publicity.  The European Union is also considering privacy legislation which, if passed, may require us to comply with requirements which are more stringent than the Data Protection Act.

The Bribery Act 2012 (the “Bribery Act”) came into force in the United Kingdom in 2011, and it applies to both individuals and companies.  The Bribery Act makes it a criminal offense to give or receive a bribe, and it is also a corporate offense if a company fails to prevent bribery.  Non-U.K. companies are covered by the Bribery Act provided that they have some operations in the United Kingdom and could be prosecuted by the Serious Fraud Office in the United Kingdom.  A company will not be liable under the Bribery Act, however, if it can demonstrate that it had adequate procedures in place to prevent bribery.  Accordingly, we have implemented anti-bribery policies and procedures and have undertaken anti-bribery training with applicable staff throughout our U.K. operations.
 
In May 2012, the United Kingdom passed the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act 2012 (“LASPO”).   LASPO imposes new requirements and restrictions regarding personal injury and automobile insurance claims and the legal processes and procedures around them, many of which are expected to come into force on April 1, 2013.  While LAPSO may not regulate us directly, the legislation imposes new restrictions on solicitor firms, claims management companies and other entities with which we do business, which could consequently affect our operations within the United Kingdom.  Parliament is also considering additional reforms regarding legal processes and automobile insurance claims. At this time, we cannot yet predict the full effect of LASPO and related measures and whether this will have an effect on, or present additional opportunities for, our business.

 Intellectual Property
 
Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade secret and other related laws and confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect, maintain and enforce our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights. Our two main intellectual properties are the registered trademark of “ExamWorks” and our ExamWorks domain name. We also own the copyright to the IME*Centric software as well as the trademarks and service marks for the names of our acquired businesses and their domain names. With our acquisition of MES in 2011, we acquired the copyright to the MES OMS software as well as the registered trademark of “MES Solutions”. We own no patents.  In the U.S. and many foreign jurisdictions, trademark protection can potentially be perpetual, provided the relevant mark is still used in commerce and all applicable fees are paid. Likewise, domain names typically can be renewed perpetually upon the payment of applicable registrar and renewal fees. Copyrights have a limited duration, but such duration, in the U.S. for works made for hire, is 95 years from publication or 120 years from creation, whichever is earlier. As such, almost all copyrightable works are protected beyond their useful life. In the case of IME*Centric, the copyright is protected for approximately 70 years. All of our trademarks are currently used in commerce and we have paid all applicable trademark, domain name and copyright fees.
 
 
17

 
 
Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights, we may fail to adequately protect our copyright, trademark or trade secret rights, while trademark, copyright, and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in some countries or may expire or provide us commercial advantage for only a limited period of time. Furthermore, third parties may use our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights without our consent. As such, it is possible we will not be able to protect, maintain, or enforce our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights.
 
Employees
 
As of February 14, 2013, we had approximately 2,100 employees, approximately 1,900 of whom are full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a union or collective bargaining agreement. We believe our relationship with our employees to be positive, which is a key component of our operating strategy. We seek to create a corporate culture in which virtually every employee benefits from his or her and our success through participation in our employee stock option program and a culture that rewards performance and accountability.
 
Our employees are required to participate in various training sessions each year. Our ongoing training and executive learning programs are modeled after the practices of companies that we believe have reputations for service excellence.
 
Independent Contractors
 
We also have a medical panel consisting of credentialed physicians and other medical providers. Our member panel costs are variable, as members of our medical panel are virtually all independent contractors, allowing us to effectively maintain and manage our operating margins.
 
Corporate Information
 
Our executive offices are located at 3280 Peachtree Road, N.E., Suite 2625, Atlanta, GA 30305 and our telephone number at this location is (404) 952-2400.
 
Our website is www.examworks.com.  Our annual reports on Form 10-K, including this Form 10-K, as well as our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports are available, free of charge, on our website.  These reports are available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  Information included or referred to on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not intended to form a part of or be incorporated by reference into this report.
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors
 
Our operations and financial results are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including without limitation those described below, that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, performance and the trading price of our common stock. You should carefully consider the following risks as well as the other information included in this Form 10-K, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
 
We have a relatively limited history and may not be able to achieve financial or operational success.
 
We are a relatively new company with an approximate five-year history. Our operations are subject to all risks inherent in the establishment of a recently formed business. Our success may be limited by problems, fluctuations in expenses, difficulties and delays frequently encountered with new businesses as well as competition in the IME industry. While we have been able to generate revenues, we may not be able to increase the amount of revenues we generate, and we will likely continue to incur net losses for some time as we continue to grow. Any evaluation of our business and our prospects must be considered in light of these factors and the risks and uncertainties often encountered by companies in our state of development. Further, we may not be able to successfully implement any of our plans in a timely or effective manner which would negatively impact our ability to generate or increase revenues as well as our results of operations and financial condition.
 
 
18

 
 
We may be unable to successfully integrate completed acquisitions and such acquisitions may fail to achieve the financial results we expected.
 
Since July 2008, we have acquired 40 IME businesses. These acquisitions have involved, and could continue to involve, the integration of a separate company that previously operated independently and had different systems, processes and cultures, into our existing operations. While we expect to continue to evaluate potential strategic acquisitions that might augment our existing services, we may be unable to successfully integrate businesses we acquire, including our recently completed acquisitions, and such acquisitions may fail to achieve the financial results we expected. Integrating completed acquisitions into our existing operations, particularly larger acquisitions, involves numerous risks, including loss of clients, diversion of our management’s attention, failure to retain key personnel, and failure of the acquired business to be financially successful. In addition, we cannot be certain of the extent of any unknown or contingent liabilities of any acquired business, including liabilities for failure to comply with applicable laws. We may incur material liabilities for past activities of acquired businesses. Also, depending on the location of the acquired business, we may be required to comply with laws and regulations that may differ from those of the jurisdictions in which our operations are currently conducted. Our inability to successfully integrate businesses we acquire, or if such businesses do not achieve the financial results we expect, may increase our costs and have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may not be successful in implementing our growth strategy, including acquiring companies that complement our business, which would adversely impact our growth and profitability.
 
Our growth strategy is, in part, dependent on acquiring and integrating the operations of companies in the IME industry. Since our inception, we have acquired 40 IME businesses, including a provider of software solutions to the IME industry. To continue this strategic growth, we will need to continue to identify appropriate businesses to acquire and successfully undertake the acquisition of these businesses on reasonable terms. Although we expect to continue to evaluate such strategic acquisitions, we may not be successful in pursuing acquisition opportunities and implementing our growth strategy if, without limitation:
 
 
● 
suitable acquisition candidates are not available;
 
● 
acquisitions cannot be completed on reasonable terms;
 
● 
we inherit or assume significant liabilities relating to acquired entities or businesses, including liabilities for failure to comply with applicable laws; or
 
● 
we are unable to raise the funds necessary to make acquisitions.
 
In addition, we may compete for acquisitions with other potential acquirers, some of which may have greater financial or operational resources than we do. If we are not successful in finding attractive acquisition candidates that we can acquire on satisfactory terms, or if we cannot complete those acquisitions that we identify, we will not be able to realize the benefit of this part of our growth strategy which could harm our future profitability.
 
If we finance acquisitions by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, our existing stockholders will be diluted. If we finance an acquisition with debt, it will result in higher leverage and interest costs. As a result, if we fail to evaluate and execute acquisitions properly, we might not achieve the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions, and we may increase our acquisition costs.
 
The terms of certain of our acquisitions have included, and may in the future include, earnout provisions or the issuance of indebtedness to the seller. Such earnout provisions may require us to make additional payments in cash which would reduce the amount of cash available to us or could cause us to incur additional indebtedness or cause us to issue additional shares resulting in an increase in the number of our outstanding shares. In addition, these arrangements may make it more difficult to consummate such acquisitions and can sometimes complicate integration efforts.
 
 
19

 
 
Our international expansion and operations in foreign markets expose us to risks associated with international sales and operations.
 
We intend to continue to expand internationally and operate in select foreign markets. Managing a global organization is difficult, time consuming, and expensive. Our short-term experience in operating our business globally increases the risk that any future international expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. In addition, conducting international operations subjects us to new risks that we have not generally faced. These risks include: lack of familiarity with and unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements; longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable; difficulties in managing and staffing international operations; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; potentially adverse tax consequences, including foreign value added tax systems, and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings; the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and legal standards; increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; and political, social, and economic instability abroad. Operating in international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources. The investment and additional resources required to establish operations and manage growth in other countries may not produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.
 
We are sensitive to regional weather conditions that may adversely affect our operations.
 
Our operations are directly affected in the short-term by the weather conditions in certain of our regions of operation. Therefore our business is sensitive to the weather conditions of these regions. Unusually inclement weather, including significant rain, snow, sleet, freezing rain or ice can temporarily affect our operations if clients are forced to close operational centers, and physicians and claimants are unable to travel to their appointments. Accordingly, our operating results may vary from quarter to quarter, depending on the impact of these weather conditions.

Natural and other disasters may adversely affect our business.

We may be vulnerable to damage from severe weather conditions or natural disasters, including hurricanes, fires, floods, earthquakes, power loss, communications failures and similar events, including the effects of war or acts of terrorism.  If a disaster were to occur, our ability to operate our business could be seriously or completely impaired or destroyed. The insurance we maintain may not be adequate to cover our losses resulting from disasters or other business interruptions.

We may need additional capital to fund our operations and finance our growth, and we may not be able to secure such capital on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
 
In order for us to grow and successfully execute our business plan, we may require additional financing which may not be available or may not be available on acceptable terms. If such financing is available, it may dilute the existing stockholders’ ownership interests in the Company. Failure to obtain financing may have a material adverse effect on our financial position and may cause you to lose your entire investment in the Company. In addition, if we are unable to secure additional financing on acceptable terms or at all, it will impact our ability to consummate acquisitions.
 
Our industry is regulated at the federal, state and local levels and government authorities may determine that we have failed to comply with applicable laws and regulations.
 
As a company involved in the provision of IME, peer review, bill review and related services, we are subject to certain federal, state and local laws and regulations. There are significant costs involved in complying with these laws and regulations. Moreover, if we are found to have violated any applicable laws and regulations, we could be subject to civil and/or criminal damages, fines, sanctions, or penalties and have our licenses revoked. If our arrangements or business practices become subject to government scrutiny or are found to violate laws or regulations, we could incur significant costs and may be required to modify certain aspects of our operations. Government audits, investigations and prosecutions, even if we ultimately are found to be without fault, can be costly and disruptive to our business and could result in the loss of clients. Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
20

 

Our international operations require us to comply with applicable U.S. and international laws and regulations.

 Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions. These regulations may place restrictions on our operations, trade practices and partners and investment decisions. In particular, our international operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as the FCPA and Bribery Act. Violations of these regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts and revocations or restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment. We have established policies and procedures designed to assist us and our personnel and contractors with compliance with applicable U.S. and international laws and regulations. However, there can be no assurance that our policies and procedures will effectively prevent the company and each of our personnel and contractors from violating these regulations in every transaction in which we or they may engage, and such a violation could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Unintended consequences of recently adopted health reform legislation in the U.S. may adversely affect our business.
 
The healthcare industry is undergoing fundamental changes resulting from political, economic and regulatory influences. In the U.S., comprehensive programs are under consideration and being implemented that seek to, among other things, increase access to healthcare for the uninsured and control the escalation of healthcare expenditures within the economy. For example, on March 23, 2010, PPACA was approved by Congress and has been signed into law. While we do not believe this legislation will have a direct negative impact on our business, the legislation has only recently been enacted and requires the adoption of implementing regulations, which may have unintended consequences or indirectly impact our business. Also, in some instances our clients are health insurers that will be subject to limitations on their administrative expenses and new federal review of “unreasonable” rate increases which could impact the prices they are willing to pay for our services. If the legislation or related regulations cause such unintended consequences or indirect impact, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Changes in government regulations could increase our costs of operations and/or reduce the demand for our services, which would negatively impact our growth and profitability.
 
Governmental bodies in any of the regions in which we operate may review and consider legislation that may impact our business and our industry. Secondly, state, provincial and local administrative regulatory bodies may enact new regulations or interpret existing rules and regulations in a way that impacts our business and industry. If new laws, rules or regulations are implemented or changes are made to existing laws or regulations impacting the IME industry, we may be required to incur additional costs or make changes to our services which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, the confidentiality and security of patient records and the circumstances under which such information may be used or released are subject to substantial regulation by state and federal laws and regulations. The administrative simplification provisions of HIPAA and other regulations governing privacy, security, and electronic health data transmissions, are evolving rapidly through regulation and are often unclear and difficult to apply. If we violate HIPAA, or other applicable state, federal or local laws or regulations, we could be subject to fines and penalties. Further, final or new regulations may require costly system purchases or additional modifications to our policies and procedures, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Changes in laws, at either the national,  state, or local level, making it more difficult to bring certain kinds of cases or that limit jury awards, commonly referred to as tort reform, could decrease the demand for our services.
 
Changes in laws, at either the national or state level, making it more difficult to bring certain kinds of cases or that limit jury awards, commonly referred to as tort reform, could lead to a smaller number of insurance or other claims, which in turn could result in a decrease in demand for IMEs and other services we provide. Such a decrease in demand for our services could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
21

 
 
We may not be able to maintain or expand our accreditation, which may adversely affect our ability to market our services.
 
Certain of our subsidiaries and divisions are accredited by third-party accreditation bodies. However, we may not be able to maintain or expand our accreditation which may adversely impact our ability to competitively market our services. The costs of initial accreditation and maintenance of accreditation may exceed our expectations, and the benefits of accreditation may be outweighed by the related costs.

If we cannot update and maintain our information technology platform so that we can meet critical client requirements, the competitiveness of our business will suffer.
 
Our information technology platform is critical to our competitive position and success. If we are unable, for technological or other reasons, to develop and introduce new software solutions or enhance our existing ones in a cost-effective and timely manner and to respond to changing market conditions or client requirements, our business, results of operations and financial conditions may be adversely affected.
 
We rely on a combination of internal development and strategic relationships to develop our infrastructure platform and software solutions. Through our acquisition of IME Software Solutions in July 2009, we acquired a platform software solution for the IME industry and are in the process of deploying this technology throughout our entire organization. Our information technology platform is built in a Private Cloud Network. Our development and implementation of new generation software solutions and an information technology infrastructure may take longer than originally expected and require the acquisition of additional personnel and other resources, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.   We devote significant resources to protecting our information and updating our software and systems. Expenses associated with these steps could increase costs. Also, any inability to deploy our technology platform through our entire organization could cause us to operate different platforms, slow integration efforts and increase costs.
 
Failures of, interruptions of, or a breach in security relating to, our information systems could adversely affect us.
 
Any system failure that causes an interruption in service or availability of our information technology infrastructure could adversely affect our operations. Even though we have implemented network security measures, our servers may be vulnerable to computer viruses, cyber-attacks, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering. In addition, certain of our services are based upon the collection, distribution and protection of sensitive private data. Unauthorized users might access that data, and human error or technological failures might cause the wrongful dissemination of that data. The occurrence of any of the events described above could result in interruptions, delays, the loss or corruption of data, cessations in the availability of systems or liability under privacy laws or contracts, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and if we are unable to protect them or are subject to intellectual property rights claims, our business may be harmed.
 
Our intellectual property rights include certain trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, which are important assets for our business. Although we take precautions to protect our intellectual property rights, these efforts may not be sufficient or effective. In addition, various events outside of our control pose a threat to our intellectual property rights as well as to our business. For example, we may be subject to third-party intellectual property rights claims. Regardless of the merits of the claims, any intellectual property claims could be time-consuming and expensive to litigate or settle. In addition, if any claims against us are successful, we may have to pay substantial monetary damages or discontinue any of our practices that are found to be in violation of another party’s rights. We may also have to seek a license to continue such practices, which may significantly increase our operating expenses or may not be available to us at all. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete.

Our operations and reputation may be harmed if we do not adequately secure information.
 
Federal and state laws regulate the disclosure of certain medical test results and other nonpublic medical-related personal information. If we do not adequately safeguard such information and it were to become available to persons or entities that should not have access to it, our business could be impaired, our reputation could suffer and we could be subject to fines, penalties and litigation. In addition, any incidents with respect to the handling of such information could involve us in litigation or indemnification claims with members of our medical panel, our clients or other parties. Although we have implemented security measures to protect confidential information, our infrastructure is vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptive problems caused by our clients or others, which could potentially jeopardize the security of confidential information stored physically at our locations or electronically in our computer systems. Such an event could damage our reputation, cause us to lose existing clients and deter potential clients, as well as expose us to liability to parties whose security or privacy has been infringed. Moreover, if we do not protect the confidentiality of private information in accordance with applicable laws, we could face significant civil or criminal sanctions. The occurrence of any of the foregoing events could adversely impact our business.
 
 
22

 
 
Competition in the IME industry could result in a reduction in our revenues and earnings and adversely affect our financial condition.
 
The IME industry is highly fragmented and competitive. Our primary competitors in the IME industry include companies and individual physicians that specialize in one or more services similar to those offered by us on a local or regional basis as well as insurance companies and other organizations which have established an in-house capability of performing such services. It is also possible that our clients may establish the in-house capability of performing certain services offered by us or decide to continue to use any of our numerous small local or regional competitors to service their needs. We also compete with national, regional and local firms specializing in case management, medical records reviews and other services we provide. It is possible that now or in the future some of our competitors could have greater financial and market resources than us. Competition from existing competitors or new entrants to our key markets could cause us to lose clients, prevent price increases for our services or could require price reductions for our services, which would adversely affect our results of operations.
 
If we are unable to attract and retain qualified physicians and other medical providers to perform IME services on our behalf, our financial condition may suffer.
 
Our performance and future success depends on the talents and efforts of the physicians and other medical providers on our medical panel who perform the IME services on our behalf and on our ability to maintain good relations with those physicians and other medical providers. If we do not succeed in attracting qualified physicians and other medical providers, or retaining or motivating physicians or other medical providers, our performance may suffer and we may be unable to grow our business effectively. Further, we may be required to enhance compensation in order to recruit and retain physicians and other medical providers. As a result, our medical panel costs could increase and we may not be able to raise rates to offset these increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
Our clients may terminate their relationships with us or reduce the fees they pay us, which may have a negative impact on our business.
 
Our operations depend upon our relationships with our clients. Our clients are primarily insurance companies, law firms, TPAs, government agencies and state funds. We do not have formal written agreements with many of our clients and to the extent we do, such agreements do not generally restrict our clients from terminating or deciding not to renew our contracts. If clients attempt to introduce unfavorable terms or limit the services and products we provide them, our revenues could be negatively impacted. In addition, the termination of business by any of our clients could have a material adverse effect on our operations. There is no guarantee that we will be able to grow or retain our existing clients, particularly after acquisitions, or develop relationships with new clients.
 
We may be subject to possible litigation and legal liability, which could adversely affect our business or results of operations.
 
Through the medical certifications of our medical panel, we make recommendations concerning the appropriateness of providers’ medical treatment plans of patients throughout the U.S., Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia, and could share in potential liabilities for adverse medical consequences if the medical provider negligently provides its services or we and/or the medical provider are alleged to have inappropriately failed to certify a condition requiring care or treatment plans. We do not grant or deny claims for payment of benefits and we do not believe that we engage in the practice of medicine or the delivery of medical services. However, we may be or become subject to claims or litigation related to the grant or denial of claims for payment of benefits or allegations that we engage in the practice of medicine or the delivery of medical services. We credential our medical panel in a variety of ways, including utilizing a reputable contractor in many cases. If such credentialing is not carried out appropriately or if we do not re-credential at appropriate intervals to identify changes in licensure or other status, we may become subject to claims or litigation. Our clients might also allege that we negligently failed to detect provider fraud. Further, in performing our services, we or the medical provider may provide services that rely on the interpretation of reports or data prepared or gathered by third parties. If such information is not properly prepared or gathered, or is not accurate or complete, we may become subject to claims or litigation. In addition, we may become subject to other litigation that may adversely affect our business or results of operations. We maintain professional liability and other insurance as we believe are reasonable in light of our experience to date. However, such insurance may not be sufficient or available in the future at a reasonable cost to protect us from liability, which might adversely affect our business or results of operations.
 
 
23

 
 
If we lose our key management personnel or if we are unable to attract, hire, integrate and retain key personnel and other necessary employees, our business would be harmed.
 
We are dependent on our executive officers and other key personnel and those of the acquired companies, the loss of one or more of whom could materially and adversely affect us. Some of these personnel are new to the industry and some have been part of target companies for many years but may not have experience managing a larger company and integrating the separate operations of newly acquired entities. Currently, we do not have employment agreements with any of our executive officers. Our success will depend in large part on our ability to attract and retain talented and qualified employees as well as our executive officers. We may not be able to retain our executive officers and key employees or attract, assimilate and retain other qualified personnel in the future.
 
The terms of our indebtedness could restrict our operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take specified actions.
 
Our existing credit facility and the indenture governing our senior unsecured notes (the “Indenture”) contain, and any future indebtedness would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to take actions that may be in our best interests.
 
The credit facility and the Indenture include covenants, including requirements that:
 
 
● 
restrict our ability to pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
 
 
● 
limit our ability to make certain investments or sell or transfer assets;
 
 
● 
limit our ability to incur additional debt;
 
 
● 
restrict our ability to create certain liens; and
 
 
● 
restrict our ability to consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of our properties or assets.

The credit facility and the Indenture also include covenants which may require that we obtain consent from our lenders or noteholders with respect to acquisitions. Further, the credit facility requires that we grant security interests in newly-acquired companies; and that we do not impair our lenders’ security interest in our assets.
 
A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the credit facility and/or the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, our lenders or noteholders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and our lenders could terminate all commitments to extend further credit. In addition, if we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the credit facility could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness. We have pledged all of our assets and personal property as collateral under the credit facility. If any of the lenders accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient funds to repay our existing debt.
 
Our ability to comply with these provisions may be affected by general economic conditions, industry conditions and other events beyond our control. As a result, we may not be able to comply with these covenants. Our failure to comply with the covenants contained in our credit facility or the Indenture, including failure as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and our financial condition.
 
 
24

 

We may be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks we face.
 
We and our subsidiaries have the ability to incur additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our credit facility and the Indenture. If we amend the credit facility and/or the Indenture to increase the level of our indebtedness or if we enter into new facilities to incur more debt, we may be faced with additional risks and restrictions on our operations, including the following:

 
● 
an increase in our vulnerability to downturns or adverse changes in general economic, industry or competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulations;

 
● 
a requirement to dedicate a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

 
● 
a limit on our ability to make strategic acquisitions;

 
● 
a limit on our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements and general corporate or other purposes; and

 
● 
a limit on our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.
 
The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of our common stock to decline.
 
The market price of our common stock may be volatile due to a number of factors including, without limitation, those listed in “Risk Factors” and the following, some of which are beyond our control:

 
● 
quarterly variations in our results of operations;

 
● 
results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

 
● 
the failure of securities analysts to publish research about us or to make changes in their financial estimates;

 
● 
results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;

 
● 
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;

 
● 
announcements by us, our competitors or our vendors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 
● 
announcements by third parties or governmental entities of significant claims or proceedings against us;

 
● 
new laws and governmental regulations applicable to the IME industry;

 
● 
a default under agreements covering our existing or future indebtedness;

 
● 
future sales of our common stock by us, directors, executives and significant stockholders; and

 
● 
changes in economic and political conditions

Furthermore, the stock market has recently experienced extreme volatility that has particularly affected the market price of the stock of many early-stage companies and that, in some cases, has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Further, securities class action suits have been filed against companies following periods of market volatility in the price of their securities. If such an action is instituted against us, we may incur substantial costs and diversion of management attention and resources, which would seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations, regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
 
 
25

 

The requirements of being a public reporting company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and adoption of corporate governance practices that are customary for public companies, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management; and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.
 
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, have imposed various requirements on public companies, including corporate governance requirements. The cost of preparing and filing annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC and furnishing audited reports to stockholders cause our expenses to be higher than they would be if we had remained a privately-held company. Our management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these rules and regulations.
 
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, significant resources and management oversight are required. We are implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We have and continue to incur significant additional annual expenses related to these activities and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.
 
Evolving regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses and continuing uncertainty.
 
Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, new SEC regulations, the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and New York Stock Exchange rules are creating uncertainty for public companies. We continually evaluate and monitor developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.
 
We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure. If our efforts to comply with new or changed laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and we may be harmed.
 
Failure to maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
 
As a public company, we have significant requirements for financial reporting and internal controls. The process of maintaining and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our financial statements and harm our operating results. In addition, we are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting every fiscal year. Each assessment includes a disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as a statement that our auditors have issued an attestation report on effectiveness of our internal controls. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude in the future that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or our independent registered public accounting firm may not issue an unqualified report. If either we are unable to conclude in the future that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.
 
 
26

 
 
Future sales of shares by existing stockholders or the possibility or perception of such future sales could cause our stock price to decline.
 
Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could substantially decrease the market price of our common stock. If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the contractual lock-up agreements described below expire and other restrictions on resale lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Substantially all of the shares of our common stock are eligible for sale in the public market.
 
The exercise of options or other equity awards or the issuance and/or payout of additional equity will result in dilution to our stockholders.
 
Under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, the Company granted, and in the future intends to grant, awards of stock options to purchase common stock and other awards to our officers, directors, employees and consultants. As of February 14, 2013, approximately 9,373,648 shares of our common stock were subject to issuance upon exercise of outstanding stock options, approximately 345,970 shares were subject to vesting and payout under outstanding restricted stock units, and approximately 269,290 shares were subject to vesting and payout under outstanding restricted share awards. Also, as of February 14, 2013, approximately 353,403 shares of our common stock were subject to issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants.

Our stockholders’ ownership interest will be diluted by the exercise of any of these outstanding stock options, restricted stock units or warrants.
 
We will in the future grant stock options and other awards to certain current or future officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company under additional plans or individual agreements. The grant and exercise of these awards, as applicable, will have the effect of diluting our stockholders’ ownership interests in the Company.

Further, we may need to raise additional funds in the future to finance our operations and/or acquire complementary businesses. If we obtain capital in future offerings, the value of the price per share of our stockholders’ common stock could be reduced. In addition, if we issue additional equity securities in a future offering and certain stockholders do not participate in such offering, there will effectively be dilution in their percentage ownership interest in the Company.
 
We may also issue additional equity securities in connection with other types of transactions, including shares issued as part of the purchase price for acquisitions of assets or other companies from time to time, in connection with strategic partnerships or joint ventures, or as incentives to management or other providers of resources to the Company. Such additional issuances are likely to have the same dilutive effect.
 
We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future and our credit facility and indenture restrict our ability to pay such cash dividends.
 
To date, the Company has not paid any dividends on its capital stock. The Company does not anticipate making any cash dividends or other distributions to the stockholders in the immediate or foreseeable future, and any future decision to make such distributions will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, referred to herein as the “Board of Directors” or the “Board” and, in any event, will be dependent upon the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. Further, our existing credit facility and the Indenture restrict our ability to pay cash dividends, and any future financing agreements may also restrict our ability to pay any type of dividends. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in your shares of common stock unless you sell such shares for a price greater than that which you paid. In addition, to the extent we do not pay dividends, our common stock may be less valuable because a return on investment will only occur if and to the extent our stock price appreciates.
 
 
27

 
 
Your ability to influence corporate matters may be limited because a small number of stockholders beneficially own a substantial amount of our common stock and have substantial control over us.
 
As of February 14, 2013, our officers, directors and principal stockholders (greater than 5% stockholders) collectively beneficially own approximately 34.62%  of our common stock. As a result, these stockholders may be able to exert significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our Company or its assets, and may have interests that are different from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. In addition, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of preventing, discouraging or deferring a change of control, which could depress the market price of our common stock.
 
Transactions engaged in by our principal stockholders, our officers or directors involving our common stock may have an adverse effect on the price of our stock.
 
As described above, as of February 14, 2013, our officers, directors and principal stockholders (greater than 5% stockholders) collectively control approximately 34.62% of our common stock. Subsequent sales of our shares by these stockholders could have the effect of lowering our stock price. The perceived risk associated with the possible sale of a large number of shares by these stockholders, or the adoption of significant short positions by hedge funds or other significant investors, could cause some of our stockholders to sell their stock, thus causing the price of our stock to decline. In addition, actual or anticipated downward pressure on our stock price due to actual or anticipated sales of stock by our directors or officers could cause other institutions or individuals to engage in short sales of our common stock, which may further cause the price of our stock to decline.
 
From time to time our directors and executive officers may sell shares of our common stock on the open market. These sales will be publicly disclosed in filings made with the SEC. In the future, our directors and executive officers may sell a significant number of shares for a variety of reasons unrelated to the performance of our business. Our stockholders may perceive these sales as a reflection on management’s view of the business and result in some stockholders selling their shares of our common stock. These sales could cause the price of our stock to drop.

Certain provisions of our corporate governing documents and Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult.
 
Provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued series of preferred stock, without any vote or action by our stockholders. Therefore, the Board of Directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our common stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide for a staggered or classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. These rights may have the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control of our Company. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors may be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
 
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
 
28

 
 
Item 2. Properties
 
We lease our corporate headquarters at 3280 Peachtree Road, N.E., Suite 2625, Atlanta, GA 30305 (approximately 9,600 square feet). We also sublease office space for our corporate office in New York, New York (approximately 4,200 square feet), as well as lease space for 56 of our 57 service centers in the U.S., Canada the United Kingdom and Australia. The lease for our corporate headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia expires on April 30, 2015. The sublease for our corporate office in New York expires on June 30, 2014. We expect to be able to renew each of our leases or to lease comparable facilities on terms commercially acceptable to us at each of our leased locations throughout the U.S., Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia. In addition, we own an office facility located in Warren, Michigan which houses certain of the operations of our subsidiary MES Group.
 
We believe that our current facilities are sufficient for our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees or expand our geographic markets, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.
 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
 
We are currently a party to various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. While we do not presently believe that the ultimate outcome of such proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, it is possible that such ruling could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results or financial condition in the period in which the ruling occurs. Our current estimates of the potential impact from such legal proceedings could change in the future.
 
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
 
Not applicable.
 
 
29

 
 
PART II
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Market Information for Common Stock
 
On October 28, 2010, our common stock commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol EXAM. The table below sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock for the periods indicated. 

   
2011
   
2012
 
Quarter
 
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
First
 
$
24.71
   
$
17.50
   
$
13.15
   
$
8.96
 
Second
 
$
26.19
   
$
21.11
   
$
14.19
   
$
10.38
 
Third
 
$
26.48
   
$
9.80
   
$
15.10
   
$
12.28
 
Fourth
 
$
11.77
   
$
6.40
   
$
15.15
   
$
11.27
 
 
Stockholders
 
The number of record holders of our common stock as of February 14, 2013 was approximately 75 (excluding individual participants in nominee security position listings).
 
Dividend Policy
 
Since our incorporation in 2007, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Our existing credit facility and the Indenture restrict our ability to pay cash dividends, and any future financing agreements may also restrict our ability to pay any type of dividends.
 
Unregistered sales of equity securities sold during 2012

Acquisitions
 
During 2012, pursuant to the exemption from registration provided in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, common stock was issued as a portion of the purchase price in connection with the acquisitions set forth below. The per share price set forth below represents the closing price of our common stock on the date of issuance. No underwriters were involved in these sales of securities nor were any commissions paid as part of these sales.
 
Name
   
Acquisition Date
   
Number of
Shares
   
Price Per Share
 
                     
Makos Health Associates
   
July 12, 2012
      6,190     $ 13.79  
 
Share Issuances
  
The Company also issued shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $6.63 per share on the following dates:
 
Date
 
Number of Shares
October 4, 2012
 
9,881
October 12, 2012
 
6,604
December 24, 2012
 
4,719
 
 
With respect to each issuance, the Company claims exemption from registration of the shares under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as a sale not involving a public offering.
 
 
30

 

Repurchases of Securities
 
In August 2011, the Company’s Board approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to $20.0 million of its common stock. There is no guarantee as to the exact number of shares, if any, that may be repurchased by the Company, and the Board of Directors may suspend or discontinue the repurchase program at any time.  There were no repurchases of common stock during the fourth quarter of 2012. 
 
Equity Compensation
 
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2012 with respect to the shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plan: 
 
 
Plan Category
 
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
   
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   
Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance(2)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)
    9,652,570     $ 11.08       4,581,834  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
Total
    9,652,570     $ 11.08       4,581,834  
 
(1) Includes our Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
(2) Number of securities available for future issuance represents securities available under the Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
 
 
31

 
 
Performance Graph
 
The following performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on an investment of $100 in our common stock from the time of our initial public offering until December 31, 2012 with the total return of the Russell 3000 Index on which we are listed, and the S&P 600 Health Care Index.
 
 
* $100 invested on October 28, 2010 in stock or index including reinvestment of dividends.
 
   
10/28/2010
   
12/31/2010
   
6/30/2011
   
12/31/2011
   
6/29/2012
   
12/31/2012
 
Exam Works Group, Inc.
  100.00     115.50     158.69     59.25     82.69     87.44  
Russell 3000 Index
  100.00     107.06     112.85     106.08     114.8     120.9  
S&P 600 Healthcare Index
  100.00     110.55     131.95     125.45     147.36     146.38  
 
The stock performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance.
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
 
The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our predecessor and successor summary consolidated financial data. For financial statement presentation purposes, CFO Medical Services, P.A. (“CFO”) has been identified as the predecessor. The summary predecessor Statement of Operations data for the period from January 1, 2008 to July 13, 2008 are derived from previously audited financial statements, not included in this report. ExamWorks is the successor company, having been founded on April 27, 2007 for the purpose of acquiring companies in the IME industry. The successor summary consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 is derived from previously audited financial statements, not included in this report.  The successor summary consolidated balance sheet data as of 2008, 2009 and 2010 is derived from previously audited financial statements, not included in this report. The successor summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012 and the successor summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
 
You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”  and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included in this Form 10-K. The significant changes in balances impacting comparability are the result of business combinations. See further discussion in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
32

 
 
   
Predecessor
   
Successor
 
   
For the
period
ended
July 13,
   
For the
years ended
December 31,
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:(2)
 
2008(1)
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
   
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
 
                                     
Revenues
  $ 6,072     $ 14,694     $ 49,634     $ 163,511     $ 397,860     $ 521,237  
                                                 
Costs and expenses:
                                               
                                                 
Costs of revenues
    3,757       9,828       32,026       103,606       262,242       344,051  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    2,304       4,610       15,811       37,689       84,133       113,510  
Depreciation and amortization
    33       2,392       6,889       19,505       47,439       58,551  
Total costs and expenses
    6,094       16,830       54,726       160,800       393,814       516,112  
Income (loss) from operations
    (22 )     (2,136 )     (5,092 )     2,711       4,046       5,125  
Interest and other expenses, net
    11       1,470       1,925       11,233       16,461       28,051  
Loss before income taxes
    (33 )     (3,606 )     (7,017 )     (8,522 )     (12,415 )     (22,926 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    3       (1,434 )     (2,613 )     (2,484 )     (4,082 )     (7,987 )
                                                 
Net loss
  $ (36 )   $ (2,172 )   $ (4,404 )   $ (6,038 )   $ (8,333 )   $ (14,939 )
                                                 
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted
 
$
 (30.38 )  
$
(0.44  
$
(0.42  
$
(0.33  
$
(0.25  
$
(0.44
Weighted average shares outstanding — common stock
   
1,185
     
4,895,962
     
10,479,155
     
18,500,859
     
33,975,658
     
34,141,098
 
                                                 
Other Financial Data:
                                               
                                                 
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
 
$
11
   
$
1,076
   
$
6,496
   
$
30,321
   
$
63,304
   
$
79,789
 
 
 
33

 
 
   
As of December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                             
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,203     $ 1,499     $ 33,624     $ 8,416     $ 8,627  
Current assets
    4,735       11,497       74,580       159,797       159,889  
Total assets
    38,898       76,547       249,062       627,039       740,501  
Current portion of long-term debt
    1,534       3,263                   5,983  
Current portion of subordinated unsecured notes payable
          1,565       2,312       1,932       275  
Current liabilities
    5,700       20,871       37,580       90,113       110,126  
Senior unsecured notes
                      250,000       250,000  
Revolving line of credit and working capital facilities, less current portion
    1,500       600       4,998       44,063       128,402  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    10,205       29,371                    
Long-term subordinated unsecured notes payable, less current portion
          3,552       2,546       717       300  
Total liabilities
    18,375       56,147       48,822       389,115       496,353  
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 20,523     $ 20,400     $ 200,240     $ 237,924     $ 244,148  
 
(1)           Includes the period from January 1, 2008 to July 13, 2008 for the predecessor company.
(2)           The significant changes in balances impacting comparability are the result of business combinations. See further discussion in Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3)           Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that is described and reconciled to net loss below and is not a substitute for the GAAP equivalent. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, acquisition related transaction costs, stock based compensation expenses, and other non-recurring costs. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of our operating performance because it allows management, lenders, investors and analysts to evaluate and assess our core operating results from period to period after removing the impact of changes to our capitalization structure, acquisition related costs, income tax status, and other items of a non-operational nature that affect comparability. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated. See also “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Adjusted EBITDA.
 
 
34

 
 
   
Predecessor
   
Successor
 
   
For the
period ended
July 13,
   
For the
years ended
December 31,
 
   
2008(i)
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA:
                                   
                                                 
Net loss
  $ (36 )   $ (2,172 )   $ (4,404 )   $ (6,038 )   $ (8,333 )   $ (14,939 )
Share-based compensation expense (ii)
          101       218       1,816       7,834       13,756  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    33       2,392       6,889       19,505       47,439       58,551  
Acquisition-related transaction costs
          719       2,109       6,101       3,107       1,655  
                                                 
Monitoring fee (iii)
                1,738                    
Other non-recurring costs (iv)
                634       188       878       702  
Interest and other expenses, net
    11       1,470       1,925       11,233       16,461       28,051  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    3       (1,434 )     (2,613 )     (2,484 )     (4,082 )     (7,987 )
                                                 
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 11     $ 1,076     $ 6,496     $ 30,321     $ 63,304     $ 79,789  
 
(i) 
Includes the period from January 1, 2008 to July 13, 2008 for the predecessor company.
(ii)
Share-based compensation expense of $3.0 million and $2.0 million is included in costs of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and the remainder is included in SGA expenses. For years prior to 2011, all share-based compensation expense is included in SGA expenses.
(iii)
The monitoring fee was paid to Compass Partners, a related party, in 2009 for monitoring, advisory and consulting services rendered to us in relation to our debt and equity offerings, dispositions or acquisitions and other similar transactions. The Monitoring Fee Agreement terminated upon the completion of our initial public offering in 2010. See further discussion of the Compass Partners relationship in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(iv)
Other non-recurring costs consist principally of start-up costs incurred in 2007, severance and facility termination costs in 2009, severance and relocation costs in 2010 and severance, relocation and facility termination costs in 2011 and 2012.
 
 
35

 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this report, particularly under “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” All forward-looking statements in this document are based on information available to us as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.
 
Our Business
 
We are a leading provider of IMEs, peer and bill reviews, and related services, which include legal support services, administrative support services and medical record retrieval services. We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation on April 27, 2007. From July 14, 2008 through the date of this filing, we have acquired 40 IME businesses, including a leading provider of software solutions to the IME industry. We currently operate out of 57 service centers servicing all 50 U.S. states, Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia.
 
We provide our services to property and casualty insurance carriers, law firms, third-party claim administrators, government agencies, and state funds that use independent services to confirm the veracity of claims by sick or injured individuals for workers’ compensation, automotive, personal injury liability and disability insurance coverage. We help our clients manage costs and enhance their risk management processes by verifying the validity, nature, cause and extent of claims, identifying fraud and providing fast, efficient and quality IME services.
 
We provide our clients with the local presence, expertise and broad geographic coverage they increasingly require. Our size and geographic reach give our clients access to our medical panel of credentialed physicians and other medical providers and our proprietary information technology infrastructure that has been specifically designed to streamline the complex process of coordinating referrals, scheduling appointments, complying with regulations and client reporting. Our primary service is to provide IMEs that give our clients authoritative and accurate answers to questions regarding the nature and permanency of medical conditions or personal injury, their cause and appropriate treatment. Additionally, we provide peer and bill reviews, which consist of medical opinions by members of our medical panel without conducting physical exams, and the review of physician and hospital bills to examine medical care rendered and its conformity to accepted standards of care. Prior to the MES acquisition in February 2011, we marketed our services primarily under the ExamWorks brand.  Initially with the MES acquisition and subsequently with the Premex and MedHealth acquisitions, we began to market our services under several brands, including but not limited to, ExamWorks, MES, Premex and MedHealth. 
 
 
36

 
 
We operate in a highly fragmented industry and have completed numerous acquisitions. A key component of our business strategy is growth through acquisitions that expand our geographic coverage, provide new or complementary lines of business, expand our portfolio of services, and increase our market share. For example, our acquisition of MedHealth in August 2012 enabled us to enter the Australian market and, expand our range of clients and services, and increase our international market presence.  Another central feature of our business strategy is to grow our business organically by selling additional services to existing clients, cross-selling into additional insurance lines of business and expanding our geographic footprint with existing clients. To date, we have completed the following 40 acquisitions:
 

Acquisition Date
 
Name
December 19, 2012
 
●PMG
August 31, 2012
 
●MedHealth
July 7, 2012
 
●Makos
October 27, 2011
 
●Bronshvag
October 24, 2011
 
●Matrix Health Management
October 3, 2011
 
●Capital Vocational Specialists
   
●North York Rehabilitation Centre
September 28, 2011
 
●MLS Group of Companies
   
●Medicolegal Services
May 10, 2011
 
●Premex Group
February 28, 2011
 
● MES Group
February 18, 2011
 
● National IME Centres
December 20, 2010
 
● Royal Medical Consultants
October 1, 2010
 
● BMEGateway
September 7, 2010
 
● UK Independent Medical Services
September 1, 2010
 
● Health Cost Management
August 6, 2010
 
● Verity Medical
   
● Exigere
June 30, 2010
 
● SOMA Medical Assessments
   
● Direct IME
   
● Network Medical Review
   
● Independent Medical Services
   
● 401 Diagnostics
March 26, 2010
 
● Metro Medical Services
March 15, 2010
 
● American Medical Bill Review
   
● Medical Evaluations
December 31, 2009
 
● Abeton
   
● Medical Assurance Group
   
● MedNet I.M.S.
   
● QualMed
   
● IME Operations of Physicians’ Practice
August 14, 2009
 
● The Evaluation Group
August 4, 2009
 
● Benchmark Medical Consultants
July 7, 2009
 
● IME Software Solutions
May 21, 2009
 
● Florida Medical Specialists
   
● Marquis Medical Administrators
April 17, 2009
 
● Ricwel
July 14, 2008
 
● CFO Medical Services
   
● Crossland Medical Review Services
   
● Southwest Medical
 
 
37

 
 
Sources of Revenues and Expenses
 
Revenues
 
We derive revenue primarily from fees charged for independent medical examinations, peer and bill reviews and other related services, which include litigation support services, administrative support services and medical record retrieval services. Revenues are recognized at the time services have been performed and, if applicable, at the time the report is shipped to the end user. We expect revenue to continue to increase through acquisition and organic growth.  Our revenue is derived from services performed in different geographic areas.
 
Certain agreements with customers in the U.K. include provisions whereby collection of the amounts billed are contingent on the favorable outcome of the claim.  We have deemed these provisions to preclude revenue recognition at the time of sale, as collectability is not reasonably assured and the sales are contingent, and are deferring these revenues, net of estimated costs, until the case has been settled and the contingency has been resolved and the cash has been collected.
 
Costs of revenues
 
Costs of revenues are comprised of fees paid to members of our medical panel; other direct costs including transcription, film and medical record obtainment and transportation; and other indirect costs including labor and overhead related to the generation of revenue. We expect these operationally driven costs to increase to support future revenue growth and as we continue to grow through acquisitions.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative (“SGA”) expenses consist primarily of expenses for administrative, human resource related, corporate information technology support, legal (primarily from transaction costs related to acquisitions), finance and accounting personnel, professional fees (primarily from transaction costs related to acquisitions), insurance and other corporate expenses. We expect that SGA expenses will increase as we continue to add personnel to support the growth of our business and pursue acquisition growth. In addition, we anticipate that we will incur additional personnel expenses, professional service fees, including audit and legal, investor relations, costs of compliance with securities laws and regulations, and higher director and officer insurance costs related to operating as a public company. As a result, we expect that our SGA expenses will continue to increase in the future but decrease as a percentage of revenue over time as our revenue increases.

Depreciation and amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization (“D&A”) expense consists primarily of amortization of our finite lived intangible assets obtained through acquisitions completed to date and, to a lesser extent, depreciation of equipment and leasehold improvements. We expect that depreciation and amortization expense will increase as we continue our acquisition strategy.
 
 
38

 
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth our Consolidated Statements of Operations data for each of the periods indicated (in thousands except share and per share data):
 
   
For the years ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
                   
Revenues
  $ 163,511     $ 397,860     $ 521,237  
Costs and expenses:
                       
Costs of revenues
    103,606       262,242       344,051  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    37,689       84,133       113,510  
Depreciation and amortization
    19,505       47,439       58,551  
Total costs and expenses
    160,800       393,814       516,112  
Income from operations
    2,711       4,046       5,125  
Interest and other expenses, net
    11,233       16,461       28,051  
Loss before income taxes
    (8,522 )     (12,415 )     (22,926 )
Benefit for income taxes
    (2,484 )     (4,082 )     (7,987 )
Net loss
  $ (6,038 )   $ (8,333 )   $ (14,939 )
                         
Per share data                        
Net loss per share — basic and diluted
  $ (0.33 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.44 )
                         
                         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic and diluted
    18,500,859       33,975,658       34,141,098  
Other Financial Data:
                       
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
  $ 30,321     $ 63,304     $ 79,789  
 
(1)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that is described and reconciled to net loss in the next section and is not a substitute for the GAAP equivalent.
 
Adjusted EBITDA
 
In connection with the ongoing operation of our business, our management regularly reviews Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to assess our performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, acquisition-related transaction costs, share-based compensation expenses, and other non-recurring costs. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of our operating performance because it allows management, lenders, investors and analysts to evaluate and assess our core operating results from period to period after removing the impact of changes to our capitalization structure, acquisition related costs, income tax status, and other items of a non-operational nature that affect comparability.
 
We believe that various forms of the Adjusted EBITDA metric are often used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies such as ours for the reasons discussed above. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is used to measure certain financial covenants in our credit facility. Adjusted EBITDA is also used for planning purposes and in presentations to our Board of Directors as well as in our incentive compensation programs for our employees.
 
Non-GAAP information should not be construed as an alternative to GAAP information, as the items excluded from the non-GAAP measures often have a material impact on our financial results. Management uses, and investors should use, non-GAAP measures in conjunction with our GAAP results.
 
 
39

 
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated (in thousands):
  
   
For the years ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA:
                 
Net loss
 
$
(6,038
)
 
$
(8,333
)
 
$
(14,939
)
Share-based compensation expense (i)
   
1,816
     
7,834
     
13,756
 
Depreciation and amortization
   
19,505
     
47,439
     
58,551
 
Acquisition-related transaction costs
   
6,101
     
3,107
     
1,655
 
Other non-recurring costs(ii)
   
188
     
878
     
702
 
Interest and other expenses, net
   
11,233
     
16,461
     
28,051
 
Benefit for income taxes
   
(2,484
)
   
(4,082
)
   
(7,987
)
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
30,321
   
$
63,304
   
$
79,789
 
 
(i) 
Share-based compensation expense of $3.0 million and $2.0 million is included in costs of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and the remainder is included in SGA expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2010, all share-based compensation expense is included in SGA expenses.
(ii) 
Other non-recurring costs consist primarily of severance and facility termination costs.
 
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
 
Revenues. Revenues were $521.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $397.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $123.3 million, or 31%. The increase in revenues over the 2011 period was due primarily to acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2012 and to a lesser extent increased IME service volumes in our U.S. and U.K. businesses, offset by volume declines in our Canadian businesses.
 
On a pro forma basis, considering acquisitions through the date of this filing, revenues were $573.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $543.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing a 6% increase year over year. The increase in revenues over the 2011 period on a pro forma basis was due primarily to increased IME service volumes in our U.S., U.K. and Australian businesses, offset by volume declines in our Canadian businesses. Pro forma revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 assumes that the 2011 acquisitions were completed on January 1, 2010 and the 2012 acquisitions were completed on January 1, 2011.
 
Costs of revenues. Costs of revenues were $344.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $262.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $81.9 million, or 31%. The increase in costs of revenues over the 2011 period was primarily due to acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2012. Costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues were 66.0% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
Selling, general and administrative. SGA expenses were $113.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $84.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $29.4 million, or 35%. The increase in SGA expenses over the 2011 period was primarily due to acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2012, with personnel expenses, including share-based compensation, accounting for $14.3 million of this increase and the remainder resulting primarily from increases in referral commissions, rent, sales and marketing expenses, phone, insurance, travel, and other professional expenses, offset by a decrease in acquisition related transaction costs.
 
Depreciation and amortization. D&A expenses were $58.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $47.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $11.2 million, or 23%. The increase in D&A expenses over the 2011 period was due primarily to additional amortization of finite-lived intangible and tangible assets related to acquisitions completed during 2011 and 2012.
 
Interest and other expenses, net. Interest and other expenses, net were $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $11.6 million, or 70%. Interest and other expenses, net increased primarily due to a full year of interest expense related to the Senior Unsecured notes in 2012 as compared to a partial year in 2011 and increased interest expenses related to additional borrowings on our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to fund acquisitions, deferred loan cost amortization and a realized loss on foreign currency, offset by adjustments to an interest rate swap.
 
 
40

 

Income tax benefit. Income tax benefit was $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increased benefit of $3.9 million or 96%. Our effective income tax rate was 34.8% and 32.9% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The tax rates in the 2012 period were impacted primarily by foreign tax rate differentials and non-deductible items and the tax rates in the 2011 period were impacted by non-deductible items.
 
Net loss. For the foregoing reasons, net loss was $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
 
Revenues. Revenues were $397.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $163.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $234.4 million, or 143%. The increase in revenues over the 2010 period was due primarily to acquisitions completed in 2010 and 2011, offset by decreased IME service volumes in our ExamWorks brand.
  
Costs of revenues. Costs of revenues were $262.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $103.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $158.6 million, or 153%. The increase in costs of revenues over the 2010 period was primarily due to acquisitions completed in 2010 and 2011. Costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased from 63% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 66% for year ended December 31, 2011. The change in this percentage was primarily due to the impact of decreased IME service volume in our ExamWorks brand and higher costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues for the MES acquisition, offset in part by lower costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues for the Premex acquisition.
 
Selling, general and administrative. SGA expenses were $84.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $37.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $46.4 million, or 123%. The increase in SGA expenses over the 2010 period was primarily due to acquisitions completed in 2010 and 2011, with personnel expenses accounting for $27.3 million of this increase and the remainder resulting primarily from increases in rent, travel, phone, legal, insurance, sales and marketing, and other professional expenses, offset by a decrease in acquisition related transaction costs.
 
Depreciation and amortization. D&A expenses were $47.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $27.9 million, or 143%. The increase in D&A expenses over the 2010 period was due primarily to additional amortization of finite-lived intangible and tangible assets related to acquisitions completed during 2010 and 2011.
 
Interest and other expenses, net. Interest and other expenses, net were $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $5.3 million, or 47%. Interest and other expenses, net increased primarily due to increased interest expenses related to additional borrowings on our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and Senior Unsecured Notes to fund acquisitions, deferred loan cost amortization and a realized loss on foreign currency, offset by adjustments to an interest rate swap.

Income tax benefit. Income tax benefit was $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increased benefit of $1.6 million or 64%. Our effective income tax rate was 32.9% and 29.1% for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The tax rates in the 2011 period were impacted primarily by non-deductible items and the tax rates in the 2010 period were impacted by state operating losses and non-deductible items.
 
Net loss. For the foregoing reasons, net loss was $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. 
 
 
41

 
 
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
2012 - Quarter Ended
 
March 31
   
June 30
   
September 30
   
December 31
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
                       
Revenues
  $ 123,738     $ 127,777     $ 130,085     $ 139,637  
Costs and expenses:
                               
Costs of revenues
    81,173       84,223       86,080       92,575  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    28,632       27,729       28,281       28,868  
Depreciation and amortization
    14,025       13,762       14,458       16,306  
Total costs and expenses
    123,830       125,714       128,819       137,749  
Income (loss) from operations
    (92 )     2,063       1,266       1,888  
Interest and other expenses, net
    6,573       6,174       7,546       7,758  
Loss before income taxes
    (6,665 )     (4,111 )     (6,280 )     (5,870 )
Benefit for income taxes
    (2,342 )     (804 )     (1,654 )     (3,187 )
Net loss
  $ (4,323 )   $ (3,307 )   $ (4,626 )   $ (2,683 )
                                 
Per share data                                
Net loss per share — basic and diluted
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.14 )   $ (0.08 )
                                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic and diluted
    34,085,761       34,074,137       34,116,062       34,287,093  
Other Financial Data:
                               
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
  $ 18,829     $ 20,446     $ 20,182     $ 20,332  
 
2011 - Quarter Ended
 
March 31
   
June 30
   
September 30
   
December 31
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
                               
Revenues
 
$
66,588
   
$
106,742
   
$
109,218
   
$
115,312
 
Costs and expenses:
                               
Costs of revenues
   
43,569
     
70,508
     
72,148
     
76,017
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   
14,328
     
21,654
     
22,803
     
25,348
 
Depreciation and amortization
   
8,609
     
11,475
     
13,069
     
14,286
 
Total costs and expenses
   
66,506
     
103,637
     
108,020
     
115,651
 
Income (loss) from operations
   
82
     
3,105
     
1,198
     
(339
)
Interest and other expenses, net
   
1,012
     
3,214
     
5,287
     
6,948
 
Loss before income taxes
   
(930
)
   
(109
)
   
(4,089
)
   
(7,287
)
Benefit for income taxes
   
(371
)
   
(37
)
   
(1,412
)
   
(2,262
)
Net loss
 
$
(559
)
 
$
(72
)
 
$
(2,677
)
 
$
(5,025
)
                                 
Per share data                                
Net loss per share — basic and diluted
 
$
(0.02
)
 
$
   
$
(0.08
)
 
$
(0.15
)
                                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic and diluted
   
32,739,428
     
34,222,475
     
34,732,028
     
34,223,906
 
Other Financial Data:
                               
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
 
$
10,902
   
$
18,465
   
$
17,128
   
$
16,809
 
 
(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that is described and reconciled to net income (loss) below and is not a substitute for the GAAP equivalent. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, acquisition –related transaction costs, share-based compensation expenses and other non-recurring costs. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of our operating performance because it allows management, lenders, investors and analysts to evaluate and assess our core operating results from period to period after removing the impact of changes to our capitalization structure, acquisition related costs, income tax status, and other items of a non-operational nature that affect our comparability. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated. See also “Results of Operations – Adjusted EBITDA.”
 
 
42

 

2012 - Quarter Ended
 
March 31
   
June 30
   
September 30
   
December 31
 
(In thousands)
                       
Net loss
  $ (4,323 )   $ (3,307 )   $ (4,626 )   $ (2,683 )
Share-based compensation expense (i)
    4,696       4,849       3,018       1,194  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    14,025       13,762       14,458       16,306  
Acquisition-related transaction costs
    145       (254 )     1,378       385  
Other non-recurring costs(ii)
    55       26       62       559  
Interest and other expenses, net
    6,573       6,174       7,546       7,758  
Benefit for income taxes
    (2,342 )     (804 )     (1,654 )     (3,187 )
Adjusted EBITDA:
  $ 18,829     $ 20,446     $ 20,182     $ 20,332  
 
2011 - Quarter Ended
 
March 31
   
June 30
   
September 30
   
December 31
 
(In thousands)
                       
Net loss
 
$
(559
)
 
$
(72
)
 
$
(2,677
)
 
$
(5,025
)
Share-based compensation expense (i)
   
977
     
2,045
     
2,363
     
2,449
 
Depreciation and amortization expense
   
8,609
     
11,475
     
13,069
     
14,286
 
Acquisition-related transaction costs
   
767
     
1,460
     
477
     
403
 
Other non-recurring costs(ii)
   
467
     
380
     
21
     
10
 
Interest and other expenses, net
   
1,012
     
3,214
     
5,287
     
6,948
 
Benefit for income taxes
   
(371
)
   
(37
)
   
(1,412
)
   
(2,262
)
Adjusted EBITDA:
 
$
10,902
   
$
18,465
   
$
17,128
   
$
16,809
 
 
 (i) 
Share-based compensation expense of approximately $750,000 is included in costs of revenues for all quarters of 2012 and the remainder is included in SGA expenses. For the quarter ended March 31, 2011, all share-based compensation expense is included in SGA expenses, and for the quarters ended June 30, 2011, September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011, $650,000 is included in costs of revenues, and the remainder is included in SGA expenses.
 (ii)
Other non-recurring costs consist primarily of severance, relocation and facility terminations.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our principal capital requirements are to fund operations and acquisitions. To date, we have funded our capital needs from cash flow generated from operations, private placements of our common and preferred stock, our initial public offering ("IPO"), borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the private offering of the Senior Unsecured Notes, as defined below.  We have also funded our acquisition program with equity issuances to sellers and with seller debt financing. We expect that cash and cash equivalents, availability under our existing credit and working capital facilities and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to support our operations, planned capital expenditures and acquisitions for at least the next 12 months.
 
Although we believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and funds available under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital and acquisition plans for at least the next 12 months, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities or increase borrowings to fund acquisitions. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders will be reduced and these securities might have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our current stockholders. Additional financing may not be available or, if available, such financing may not be obtained on terms favorable to our stockholders and us.
 
 
43

 

Private Placements
 
From our inception through July 2008, we privately placed an aggregate of 6,169,320 shares of common stock to one investor for gross proceeds of $12.0 million.
 
In January 2010, we issued an aggregate of 1,989,867 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $3.5 million and as consideration for the termination of the monitoring fee with Compass Partners.
 
In May 2010, we completed a private placement of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which were convertible into shares of our common stock at the option of the holder, to raise additional capital to fund our acquisition program. We also increased the number of our authorized shares to 250 million shares of common stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock. Between March 2010 and May 2010, we issued an aggregate of 4,975,180 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, for approximately $33.0 million in gross proceeds to the Company. These shares of preferred stock had an aggregate initial liquidation preference of $33.0 million and accrued dividends at an annual rate of 12%, in each case payable only upon liquidation or deemed liquidation event. The preferred stock automatically converted into shares of our common stock simultaneously with the closing of the IPO.
 
On August 13, 2010, we issued 8,585 shares of common stock each to two investors at a purchase price of $11.67 per share.
 
Initial Public Offering
 
On November 2, 2010, we completed an IPO of common stock. The total offering size was 11,845,000 shares (after exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option), consisting of 9,290,114 shares issued by us and 2,554,886 shares sold by existing stockholders of the Company. Net proceeds to the Company were approximately $133.7 million, of which $102.4 million was used to repay the amounts outstanding under a previous credit facility.
 
 
Share Repurchase Program
 
In August 2011, we announced that the Board of Directors authorized the implementation of a share repurchase program to repurchase up to $20.0 million of outstanding shares of our common stock. The program calls for the repurchases to be made at management’s discretion in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, subject to cash requirements for other purposes, and other relevant factors, such as trading price, trading volume, general market and business conditions, and our compliance with certain covenants under our contractual obligations. There is no guarantee as to the exact number of shares, if any, that we may repurchase, and the Board of Directors may suspend or discontinue the repurchase program at any time. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we repurchased approximately 1,009,000 shares of common stock under the share repurchase program. These shares were repurchased at an average cost of $9.34 per share for a total cost of $9.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we repurchased approximately 39,000 shares of common stock under the share repurchase program. These shares were repurchased at an average cost of $9.91 per share for a total cost of $387,000. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, we have reissued approximately 203,000 and 6,000 shares from treasury, respectively to fund acquisitions completed in each of those years.
 
Credit Facilities
 
Credit Facility
 
In November 2010, in conjunction with the IPO, we repaid $102.4 million of outstanding debt and terminated a credit facility.  This facility was replaced with a new senior secured revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the other lenders party thereto (the “Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility”), which following the exercises of the accordion feature in February 2011 and, subsequently in May 2011, and as amended, provides for borrowings of up to $262.5 million. Up to $15.0 million of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility may be in the form of letters of credit, and up to $15.0 million may be in the form of swingline loans. Loans under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which terminates in July 2016, were used to fund our acquisition program (plans) and for general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions.
 
 
44

 
 
On May 6, 2011, we increased and fully exercised the accordion features of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.  The increase and exercise of the accordion feature increased the committed capacity of the credit facility by $55.0 million, from a total of $245.0 million to a total of $300.0 million.  Concurrently with the foregoing, we amended the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, (i) permit its maximum senior leverage ratio to temporarily increase from 3.0 to 1 to 3.50 to 1 for the quarters ending June 30 and September 30, 2011 and 3.25 to 1 for the quarter ending December 31, 2011 and 3.0 to 1 thereafter;  and (ii) permit the netting of unrestricted domestic cash in excess of $2.5 million but not exceeding $12.5 million against funded indebtedness for purposes of calculating leverage ratios. 
 
On July 7, 2011, we entered into a second amendment to our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “Second Amendment”), which became effective simultaneously with the consummation of our private offering of $250.0 million aggregate principal senior notes. The Second Amendment amended the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, (i) extend the maturity date of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility from November 2013 to July 2016; (ii) permit the issuance and sale of the Senior Unsecured Notes; (iii) replace the consolidated senior leverage ratio with a consolidated senior secured leverage ratio while permitting the maximum consolidated senior secured leverage ratio to be 3.00 to 1; (iv) permit our maximum consolidated leverage ratio to increase from 3.5 to 1 to 4.75 to 1; (v) reduce the borrowing cost; and (vi) allow us to complete acquisitions with a purchase price of up to $75.0 million (previously $50.0 million) without prior lender consent. The Second Amendment also reduced the aggregate revolving commitments under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility by $37.5 million for a maximum commitment of $262.5 million, subject to our right to increase the aggregate revolving commitments by $37.5 million for a maximum commitment of $300.0 million, so long as we are not in default and we satisfy certain other customary conditions.
 
On February 27, 2012, we entered into a third amendment to our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “Third Amendment”). The Third Amendment amended the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility as to the definitions of consolidated fixed charges and consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and does not permit the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than (i) for an fiscal quarter ending during the period from December 31, 2011 to and including September 30, 2012, 1.75 to 1.00 and (ii) for an fiscal quarter ending thereafter, 2.00 to 1.00.

On August 27, 2012, we entered into a fourth amendment to our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “Fourth Amendment”). The Fourth Amendment amended the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to add the Australian dollar as an alternative currency and increased the alternative currency sublimit from USD $60.0 million to USD $100.0 million.
 
Our obligations under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by each of our existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, and such obligations are secured by substantially all of the assets of us and our domestic subsidiaries; however, in the case of our foreign subsidiaries, no more than 65% of the capital stock of first-tier subsidiaries shall be pledged, and no assets will be encumbered by liens in favor of our lenders.
 
Borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, as amended, bear interest, at either (i) LIBOR plus the applicable margin or (ii) a base rate (equal to the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Bank of America prime rate and (c) LIBOR (using a one month-period) plus 1.0%), plus the applicable margin, as we elect. The applicable margin means a percentage per annum determined in accordance with the following table:
 
Pricing
Tier
 
Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio
 
Commitment
Fee/Unused
Line Fee
 
Letter of
Credit Fee
 
Eurocurrency
Rate Loans
 
Base Rate
Loans
1
 
³ 2.50 to 1.0
 
0.50%
 
3.75%
 
3.75%
 
2.75%
2
 
≥ 2.00 to 1.0 but < 2.50 to 1.0
 
0.45%
 
3.50%
 
3.50%
 
2.50%
3
 
≥ 1.50 to 1.0 but < 2.00 to 1.0
 
0.40%
 
3.25%
 
3.25%
 
2.25%
4
 
≥ 1.00 to 1.0 but < 1.50 to 1.0
 
0.35%
 
3.00%
 
3.00%
 
2.00%
5
 
< 1.00 to 1.0
 
0.30%
 
2.75%
 
2.75%
 
1.75%
  
In the event of default, the outstanding indebtedness under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest at an additional 2%.
 
 
45

 
 
The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including among other things financial covenants requiring us to not exceed a maximum consolidated senior secured leverage coverage ratio, a maximum total consolidated leverage ratio and to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio. The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility also restricts our ability (subject to certain exceptions) to incur indebtedness, prepay or amend other indebtedness, create liens, make certain fundamental changes including mergers or dissolutions, pay dividends and make other payments in respect of capital stock, make certain investments, sell assets, change our lines of business, enter into transactions with affiliates and other corporate actions.  As of December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants in the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.
 
The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility also includes events of default typical of these types of credit facilities and transactions, including, but not limited to, the nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts owing under the new Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the violation of covenants, the inaccuracy of representations and warranties, cross defaults, insolvency, certain ERISA events, material judgments and change of control. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the lenders not being required to lend any additional amounts and the acceleration of obligations under the new senior secured revolving credit facility, causing such obligations to be due and payable immediately, which could materially and adversely affect us.
 
As of December 31, 2012, we had $99.9 million outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, bearing interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.00%, resulting in $162.6 million of undrawn commitments. Of the total amount outstanding as of December 31, 2012, $51.9 million was denominated in Australian dollars ("AUD") with the balance denominated in U.S. dollars. The credit agreement governing our Senior Revolving Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including among other things, financial covenants which may limit the amount of borrowings available to us.
 
Working Capital Facilities
 
On September 29, 2010, the Company’s indirect 100% owned subsidiary UKIM entered into a Sales Finance Agreement (the “UKIM SFA”) with Barclays Bank PLC (“Barclays”), pursuant to which Barclays will provide UKIM a working capital facility of up to £5,000,000, subject to the terms and conditions of the UKIM SFA. The working capital facility bears a discount margin of 2.5% over Base Rate (0.5% rate on December 31, 2012) and serves to finance UKIM’s unpaid account receivables.  The working capital facility has a minimum term of 36 months. The working capital facility operates on a co-terminus and cross-default basis with other facilities provided by Barclays and with the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $6.0 million outstanding under the working capital facility, resulting in approximately $2.1 million in availability.
 
On May 12, 2011, the Company’s indirect 100% owned subsidiary Premex entered into a Sales Finance Agreement (the “Premex SFA”) with Barclays, pursuant to which Barclays will provide Premex a working capital facility of up to £26,500,000, subject to the terms and conditions of the Premex SFA. The working capital facility bears a discount margin of 2.4% over Base Rate (0.5% rate on December 31, 2011) and serves to finance Premex’s unpaid account receivables.  The working capital facility has a minimum term of 36 months. The working capital facility operates on a co-terminus and cross-default basis with other facilities provided by Barclays and with the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $28.5 million outstanding under the working capital facility, resulting in approximately $14.4 million in availability.

Senior Unsecured Notes

On July 19, 2011, we closed a private offering of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.0% senior notes due 2019 (the “Initial Notes”). The Initial Notes were issued at a price of 100% of their principal amount. A portion of the gross proceeds of $250.0 million were used to repay borrowings outstanding under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and pay related fees and expenses, and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. In June 2012, in accordance with the registration rights granted to the original purchasers of the Initial Notes, we completed an exchange offer of the privately placed Initial Notes for new 9.0% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Exchange Notes,” and together with the Initial Notes, the “Senior Unsecured Notes”) registered with the SEC with substantially identical terms to the Initial Notes. The Senior Unsecured Notes are senior obligations of ExamWorks and are guaranteed by ExamWorks’ existing and future U.S. subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”).

The Senior Unsecured Notes were issued under an Indenture, dated as of July 19, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).  The Senior Unsecured Notes are our general senior unsecured obligations, and rank equally with our existing and future senior unsecured obligations and senior to all of our further subordinated indebtedness. The Senior Unsecured Notes accrue interest at a rate of 9.0% per year, payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2012.
 
 
46

 

At any time on or after July 15, 2015, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Unsecured Notes at the redemption prices stated in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. Prior to July 15, 2014, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes with net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 109% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, provided that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes remains outstanding after redemption. Further, we may redeem some or all of the of the Senior Unsecured Notes at any time prior to July 15, 2015 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes plus a make whole premium described in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
 
The Indenture includes covenants which, subject to certain exceptions, limit the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture) to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, make certain types of restricted payments, incur liens on assets of the Company or the restricted subsidiaries, engage in asset sales and enter into transactions with affiliates. Upon a change of control (as defined in the Indenture), we may be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Unsecured Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Indenture also contains customary events of default.

Cash Flow Summary
 
Cash and cash equivalents were $8.6 million at December 31, 2012 as compared with $8.4 million at December 31, 2011 and $33.6 million at December 31, 2010.
 
Our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities, as reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, are summarized as follows (in thousands): 
 
   
For the years ended
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
18,303
   
$
39,543
   
$
24,777
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(116,537
)
   
(335,814
)
   
(114,384
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
130,319
     
270,885
     
89,724
 
Exchange rate impact on cash and cash equivalents
   
40
     
178
     
94
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
$
32,125
   
$
(25,208
)
 
$
211
 

Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $24.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  Net cash provided by operating activities for 2012 consisted of our net loss of $14.9 million and a net increase in working capital of approximately $13.2 million in 2012, which was offset by net non-cash charges of $53.0 million (principally including $58.6 million in depreciation and amortization and $13.8 million in share-based compensation, offset by a net decrease in deferred income taxes of $21.2 million). The increase in working capital primarily consisted of increases in accounts receivable offset by increased accounts payable and accrued expenses and deferred revenues and customer deposits.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  Net cash provided by operating activities for 2011 consisted of our net loss of $8.3 million and a net increase in working capital of approximately $5.1 million in 2011, which was offset by net non-cash charges of $53.0 million (principally including $47.4 million in depreciation and amortization and $7.8 million in share-based compensation, offset by a net decrease in deferred income taxes of $6.4 million). The increase in working capital primarily consisted of increases in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets and decreases in accounts payable and accrued expenses, offset by increased accrued interest expense associated with the Senior Unsecured Notes.
 
 
47

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  Net cash provided by operating activities for 2010 consisted of our net loss of $6.0 million which was offset by net non-cash charges of $19.1 million (principally including $19.5 million in depreciation and amortization offset by a net decrease in deferred income taxes of $5.4 million) and a decrease in working capital of approximately $5.2 million in 2010.  The decrease in working capital primarily consisted of increases in accounts receivable, offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities.
  
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $114.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $335.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The decrease was due primarily to reduced acquisition activity in 2012 and, to a lesser extent, reduced capital expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities was $335.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $116.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This use was directly attributable to increased cash paid for acquisition activity, capital asset purchases and acquisition settlement related activities during 2011 of approximately $322.2 million, $6.9 million and $6.7 million, respectively.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $116.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This use was directly attributable to increased cash paid for acquisition activity and capital asset purchases during 2010 of approximately $115.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively.
 
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $89.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $270.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  This cash provided was primarily attributable to borrowings under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility of $170.6 million and the excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation of $2.9 million, offset by repayments under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility of $76.0 million and net repayments under our working capital facilities of $6.3 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $270.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $130.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This cash provided was primarily attributable to $250.0 million in proceeds from our private offering of the Senior Unsecured Notes in July 2011, net borrowings under our working capital facilities of $35.6 million, and borrowings under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility of $278.0 million, offset by repayments under our credit facilities of $273.0 million, payments of deferred financing costs of $9.7 million, and purchases of stock for treasury of $9.4 million.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities was $130.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This cash provided was primarily attributable to the net issuance of preferred stock of $32.4 million and net issuance of common stock of approximately $136.7 million and borrowings under our credit facilities of approximately $67.3 million, offset by repayments under our credit facilities of approximately $100.6 million and payment of deferred financing costs of approximately $6.5 million.
 
Contingencies
 
We record contingent liabilities resulting from asserted and unasserted claims against us when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. We disclose contingent liabilities when there is a reasonable possibility that the ultimate loss will exceed the recorded liability. Estimating probable losses requires analysis of multiple factors, in some cases including judgments about the potential actions of third-party claimants and courts. Therefore, actual losses in any future period are inherently uncertain. We currently are not involved in any material legal proceedings. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to any future proceedings. Contingent liabilities are described in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
 
 
48

 
 
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
 
Our contractual cash payment obligations as of December 31, 2012 are set forth below:
 
   
Payments due by year ending December 31,
 
   
Total
   
2013
   
2014
   
2015
   
2016
   
2017
   
Thereafter
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Amounts outstanding under senior unsecured notes payable
  $ 250,000     $     $     $     $     $     $ 250,000  
                                                         
Amounts outstanding under senior secured revolving credit facility
    99,926                         99,926              
Operating leases
    41,041       10,804       9,248       7,718       4,719       2,914       5,638  
                                                         
Amounts outstanding under working capital facilities
    34,459       5,983       28,476                          
                                                         
                                                         
Subordinated unsecured notes payable
    575       275       300                          
Total:
  $ 426,001     $ 17,062     $ 38,024     $ 7,718     $ 104,645     $ 2,914     $ 255,638  
 
As of December 31, 2012, we leased our office spaces for our corporate locations in Atlanta, Georgia and New York, New York and also for 56 of our 57 service centers in various cities under non-cancelable lease agreements. We own an office facility in Warren, Michigan.

We have certain contractual obligations including various debt agreements with requirements to make interest payments. Amounts outstanding under the Senior Unsecured Notes are subject to a fixed interest rate of 9.0% and interest is expected to be $22.5 million annually with semi-annual payments that began in January 2012 and end in July 2019.  Additionally, certain amounts are subject to the level of borrowings in future periods and the interest rate for the applicable periods, and therefore the amounts of these payments are not determinable. Based upon amounts outstanding at December 31, 2012 and applicable interest rates currently ranging between 0.0% and 6.5%, interest amounts are expected to be approximately $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and approximately $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We engage in no activities, obligations or exposures associated with off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Overview and Definitions
 
We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and understanding of our results of operations. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations are discussed throughout this management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results. Our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, cash flow and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our estimates include those related to accounts receivable reserves, goodwill and other intangible assets, share-based compensation other equity instruments, income and other taxes, derivative instruments and contingent obligations. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and the impact of changes in key assumptions may not be linear. Our management has reviewed the application of these policies with the audit committee of our Board of Directors. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. We believe that our most critical accounting policies and estimates relate to the following:
 
 
49

 
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Revenue related to IMEs, peer reviews, bill reviews and administrative support services is recognized at the time services have been performed and the report is shipped to the end user. We believe that recognizing revenue at the time the report is shipped is appropriate because we meet the following four criteria in accordance with ASC 605-10-S25,  Revenue Recognition: Overall , (i) persuasive evidence that arrangement exists, (ii) shipment has occurred, (iii) the price is fixed and determinable and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. We report revenues net of any sales, use and value added taxes.
 
Revenue related to other IME services, including litigation support services and medical record retrieval services, where no report is generated, is recognized at the time the service is performed. We believe that recognizing revenue at the time the service is performed is appropriate because we meet the following four criteria in accordance with ASC 605-10-S25, (i) persuasive evidence that arrangement exists, (ii) services have been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed and determinable and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.
 
Certain agreements with customers in the U.K. include provisions whereby collection of the amounts billed are contingent on the favorable outcome of the claim.  We have deemed these provisions to preclude revenue recognition at the time of sale, as collectability is not reasonably assured and the sales are contingent, and are deferring these revenues, net of estimated costs, until the case has been settled the cash has been collected and the contingency has been resolved.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, we had deferred $2.6 million in contingent revenues and $1.6 million in costs associated with the contingent revenues.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, we deferred an additional $10.0 million in contingent revenues and $7.5 million in costs associated with the contingent revenues.
 
Should changes in conditions cause management to determine these criteria are not met for certain future transactions, revenue recognized for any reporting period could be adversely affected.
 
Trade Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Accounts receivable balances consist of amounts owed to us for services provided in the normal course of business and are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Generally, no collateral is received from clients and the collectability of trade receivable balances is regularly evaluated based on a combination of factors such as client credit-worthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends and changes in customer payment patterns and additions to the allowance are made based on these trends. Accounts are reviewed regularly for collectability and those deemed uncollectible are written off.

We assume, that on average, all accounts receivable will be collected within one year and thus classify these as current assets; however, there are certain receivables, principally in the U.K., that have aged longer than one year as of December 31, 2012, and we have recorded an estimate for those receivables that will not be collected within one year as long-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Based on the provisions of ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year and between annual valuations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances include: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, (2) unanticipated competition, or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. When evaluating whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated using primarily the income, or discounted cash flows, approach. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the amount of the impairment loss must be measured. The impairment loss is calculated by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amount assigned to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
 
 
50

 
 
Intangible assets, including client relationships, trade names, covenants not to compete and technology that have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives.
 
We performed our annual impairment review of goodwill in October 2012 and reviewed subsequent events through December 31, 2012 and determined that the carrying value of goodwill was not impaired as of year end. Further, we believe that there have been no facts or circumstances through the date of this filing that indicate an impairment of goodwill exists.
 
Deferred Income Taxes
 
In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. These differences result in deferred income tax assets and liabilities.

We generated $5.2 million of U.S. federal taxable income in the year ended December 31, 2010, fully utilizing our U.S. federal net operating losses (“NOLs”) from 2009.  
 
In 2011, in conjunction with the MES acquisition, we acquired $23.3 million of NOLs. These NOLs were subject to annual limitations resulting from the change in control provisions in section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC Section 382”). We generated $18.7 million of U.S. federal taxable income in the year ended December 31, 2011 and utilized $18.7 million of the NOLs in 2011 to offset against this U.S. federal taxable income. As of December 31, 2011, we had $4.6 million in NOLs to offset against future U.S. federal taxable income. Additionally, in conjunction with the MES acquisition, we acquired alternative minimum tax ("AMT") credit carryforwards of $171,000 which may be used to offset future U.S. federal tax liabilities.  As of December 31, 2011 we had $894,000 in foreign tax credits related to income taxes payable at certain of our business located in the U.K. which may be used to offset against future U.S. federal tax liabilities.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated an estimated $35.3 million of U.S. federal taxable income and fully utilized $4.6 million in NOLs from the 2011 year.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 we utilized AMT credits of $171,000 to offset our U.S. federal tax liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated an additional estimated $2.5 million in foreign tax credits related to income taxes payable at certain of our businesses located in the U.K. and Australia and utilized $3.4 million in foreign tax credits to offset our current tax liability.  Additionally, in 2012 we utilized $7.9 million of option related tax benefits, reducing our income taxes payable by $2.9 million, the benefit of which was recorded to additional paid in capital.
 
 
51

 
 
Additionally, we currently have significant deferred tax assets and other deductible temporary differences including basis differences between intangible assets. We do not provide a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets as we believe that it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized based on available evidence including scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and other tax planning considerations.
 
We apply the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), as it relates to uncertain tax positions. This guidance prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present and disclosure in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that a company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. ASC 740 states that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized only if it is “more likely than not” that the position is sustainable, based on its technical merits. The tax benefit of a qualifying position is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority having full knowledge of all relevant information. As of December 31, 2010, the liability related to unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $176,000. We recorded an additional liability of $132,000 and $19,000 in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, related to acquired liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits and interest and penalties on prior year tax positions. We recognize interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
 
We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income or state tax return examinations by tax authorities before 2008 and 2007, respectively, which periods relate to certain acquired businesses. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) commenced an examination of our U.S. income tax returns for 2009 during the second quarter of 2011, and in January of 2012, we received a closure letter from the IRS stating that no adjustments were identified. We operate in multiple taxing jurisdictions and face audits from various tax authorities. We remain subject to examination until the statute of limitations expires for the respective tax jurisdiction. We do not anticipate that the amount of the unrecognized benefit will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months.
 
Undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries are considered indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal income taxes has been recorded. Deferred taxes are provided for earnings outside the United States when those earnings are not considered indefinitely reinvested.
 
Share-Based Compensation and Other Equity Instruments
 
Our stock incentive plan provides for the granting of stock options and share-based awards in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation  (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires measurement of compensation cost for all share-based awards at fair value on the grant date (or measurement date, if different) and recognition of compensation expense, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service period for awards expected to vest. We use the straight-line amortization method for recognizing share-based compensation expense.
 
The fair value of stock option grants is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable, characteristics not present in these employee stock options. Additionally, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility of the stock price. Because our employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates, in our opinion, the existing models may not provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its share-based awards.
 
Our expected volatility assumptions are based upon our peer group average implied volatility for 2010 and are based upon our peer group median implied volatility for 2011 and 2012. Expected life assumptions for first three quarters of 2010 are based upon the average of the “simplified” method as described in Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, which is the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term, and the contractual term of the option, in accordance with ASC 718, which states that if no amount within the range is more or less likely than any other amount, an average of the range (its expected value) should be used for those options issued significantly out-of-the-money, and are based upon the “simplified” method for those options issued in the fourth quarter of 2010 and the full years of 2011 and 2012 which were determined to be issued approximately at-the-money. The risk-free interest rate was selected based upon yields of U.S. Treasury issues with a term equal to the expected life of the option being valued.
 
 
52

 
 
The following table summarizes the number of stock options granted and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 for the quarterly periods from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2012, the per share exercise price of the stock options and estimated per share weighted average fair value of stock options:
 
Quarter ending
 
Number of shares subject to options granted and outstanding
   
Weighted average
per share exercise
price of options
   
Weighted average per share fair value of options (1)
 
March 31, 2010
    1,255,768     $ 6.31     $ 0.65  
June 30, 2010
    380,943     $ 6.63     $ 0.67  
September 30, 2010
    228,729     $ 7.79     $ 1.14  
December 31, 2010
    1,164,028     $ 11.67     $ 4.32  
March 31, 2011
    1,269,264     $ 22.50     $ 8.78  
June 30, 2011
    745,398     $ 24.18     $ 9.28  
September 30, 2011
    309,159     $ 13.62     $ 5.41  
December 31, 2011
    399,466     $ 7.80     $ 3.39  
March 31, 2012
    2,255,976     $ 9.52     $ 4.23  
June 30, 2012
    196,225     $ 12.13     $ 5.47  
September 30, 2012
    124,600     $ 12.59     $ 5.77  
December 31, 2012
    264,600     $ 14.13     $ 6.54  
 
(1)               As described above, the per share estimated fair value of stock options was estimated for the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model estimates the fair value by applying a series of factors including the exercise price of the stock option, the fair market value of our common stock, a risk free interest rate, the expected term of the stock option, expected share price volatility of the underlying common stock and expected dividends on the underlying common stock. Additional information regarding our valuation of common stock and option awards is set forth in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
 
Accounting for Acquisitions
 
Accounting for acquisitions requires us to recognize and measure identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity. Our accounting for acquisitions involves significant judgments and estimates, including the fair value of certain forms of consideration such as our common stock, the fair value of acquired intangible assets, which involve projections of future revenues, cash flows and terminal value, which are then discounted at an estimated discount rate, the fair value of other acquired assets and assumed liabilities, including potential contingencies, and the useful lives of the assets. The projections are developed using internal forecasts, available industry and market data and estimates of long-term rates of growth for our business. The impact of prior or future acquisitions on our financial position or results of operations may be materially impacted by the change in or initial selection of assumptions and estimates. 
 
Financial Instruments
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance codified as ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosure about fair value measurements.
 
ASC 825, Financial Instruments (“ASC 825”), delayed the effective date of the application of ASC 820 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. Nonrecurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities for which the Company has not applied the provisions of ASC 820 primarily include those measured at fair value in goodwill and long-lived asset impairment testing, those initially measured at fair value in a business combination, and nonfinancial liabilities for exit or disposal activities.
 
 
53

 

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the following levels:
 
In determining fair value, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as consider counterpart credit risk in the assessment of fair value.
 
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
Level 2 — Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly.
 
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs based on the company’s own assumptions.
 
Our financial liabilities, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, are categorized using the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
As of December 31, 2011
                       
Financial instruments:
                       
Interest rate swap
  $     $ 326     $     $ 326  
Contingent consideration
                1,621       1,621  
                                 
As of December 31, 2012
                               
Financial instruments:
                               
Interest rate swap
  $     $ 101     $     $ 101  
Contingent consideration
                846       846  

The fair value of the interest rate swap is determined using observable market inputs, such as current interest rates, and considers nonperformance risk of the Company and that of our counterparties.
 
The contingent consideration relates to earnout provisions recorded in conjunction with certain acquisitions completed in 2009 and 2010. Of the total decrease in fair value of the contingent consideration of $775,000 in 2012, $593,000 was settled as cash consideration to satisfy installments related to 2009 and 2010 acquisitions, approximately $234,000 of the change in value relates to the release of a restriction associated with shares previously issued related to a 2009 acquisition and approximately $52,000 was recorded in interest and other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations due to changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration.  

 Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In addition to the recently adopted accounting pronouncements discussed above in conjunction with our critical accounting policies, we believe the following recently adopted accounting pronouncements are important to an understanding of our financial statements.
 
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
 
In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13 (“ASU 2009-13”) addressing revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, eliminates the residual method of allocation, requires the allocation of arrangement consideration to all deliverables using the relative selling price method, and significantly expands disclosure requirements. The guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-13 effective January 1, 2011 and this adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
 
54

 
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure (“ASU 2010-06”). This update provides amendments to Codification topic,  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , which require new disclosures about transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and the reasons for the transfers as well as reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-06 on January 1, 2011, and adoption of this update did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. This ASU represents the converged guidance of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board on fair value measurement. These amendments have resulted in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning of the term “fair value.” The common requirements are expected to result in greater comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments are to be applied prospectively and are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted these provisions effective January 1, 2012 and the adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In June and December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”) and ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 (ASC 220, Comprehensive Income), respectively. These update amend ASC Topic 220, “Comprehensive Income” to provide that total comprehensive income is to be reported in one continuous statement or two separate but consecutive statements of financial performance. Presentation of total comprehensive income in the statement of stockholders' equity or the footnotes is no longer allowed. The calculation of net income and basic and diluted net income per share is not affected. These ASUs are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2011. We adopted these provisions effective January 1, 2012 and the adoption of these provisions did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. This ASU is intended to simplify goodwill impairment testing by adding a qualitative review step to assess whether the required quantitative impairment analysis that exists previously is necessary. The fair value calculation for goodwill is required unless the Company concludes, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its book value. If such a decline in fair value is deemed more likely than not to have occurred, then the quantitative goodwill impairment test must be completed; otherwise, goodwill is deemed to be not impaired and no further testing is required until the next annual test date (or sooner if conditions or events before that date raise concerns of potential impairment in the business). The amended goodwill impairment guidance does not affect the manner in which a company estimates fair value. The new standard is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We adopted these provisions effective January 1, 2012 and the adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. This ASU is intended to reduce the costs and complexity of the annual impairment testing related to indefinite-lived intangibles assets by providing entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. This new standard is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. We adopted these provisions in the fourth quarter of 2012 and the adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. 
 
There were various other accounting standards and interpretations issued during 2011 and 2012 that we have not yet been required to adopt, none of which are expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
 
55

 
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure results primarily from fluctuations in interest rates as well as inflation. In the normal course of business, we are exposed to market risks, including changes in interest rates which affect our debt as well as cash flows. We may also face additional exchange rate risk in the future as we expand our business internationally.
 
Interest Rate Risk. As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling approximately $8.6 million. These amounts were held for future acquisition and working capital purposes and were held in non-interest bearing accounts, of which $4.1 million were held in the U.S. Therefore, the U.S. amounts were insured in full through December 31, 2012 under section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which provided temporary unlimited deposit insurance coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts at all FDIC-insured depository institutions.
 
Our outstanding debts of $34.5 million and $99.9 million at December 31, 2012 related to indebtedness under our working capital facilities and Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, respectively, and contain floating interest rates. Thus, our interest rate is subject to market risk in the form of fluctuations in interest rates. The effect of a hypothetical one percentage point increase in our variable rate debt would result in an increase of approximately $1.3 million in our annual pre-tax net loss assuming no further changes in the amount of borrowings subject to variable rate interest from amounts outstanding at December 31, 2012.
 
In August 2008, as required under our then existing credit facility, in order to protect against interest rate exposure on its variable-rate debt, we entered into an interest rate swap to fix the interest rate applicable to our variable-rate debt. The agreement swaps one-month LIBOR for a fixed interest rate of 4.36%. We do not, and do not intend to, engage in the practice of trading derivative securities for profit.
 
Foreign Exchange Risk. As of December 31, 2012, we have foreign currency risks related to our revenues and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, namely, the Canadian dollar, the Pound Sterling and the Australian dollar. Our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in foreign markets. We do not currently hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to the Canadian dollar and the Pound Sterling given that the net difference between foreign currency denominated revenue and expenses is immaterial. In the future, however, we may hedge such exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in these currencies.

In September 2012, in order to protect against foreign currency exposure on our Australian operations, we borrowed in Australian dollars as a hedge of our net investment in Australia related to the MedHealth acquisition. We have outstanding debt of approximately AUD$50.0 million that is designated as a hedge of our net investment in Australia as of December 31, 2012.  This non-derivative net investment hedge was classified as long-term debt in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. In accordance with ASC 815, the translation of this debt instrument designated as a net investment hedge is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, offsetting the currency translation adjustment of the related net investment that is also recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. This instrument will mature in conjunction with amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
The financial statements set forth herein commence on page F-1 of this Form 10-K.
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
None.
 
 
56

 
 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
 
 
(a)
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in its Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
As of the end of the period covered by this report, December 31, 2012 (the “Evaluation Date”), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of the Evaluation Date.
 
 
(b)
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
The management of ExamWorks is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process that is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation, and may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
ExamWorks’ management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, using the criteria described in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The objective of this assessment is to determine whether the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012. ExamWorks’ management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2012, its internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of its financial reporting and the preparation of its financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.
 
During 2012, the Company acquired MedHealth Holdings Pty Limited, Makos Health Associates, Corp. and PMG.  Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding these acquisitions. As permitted by related SEC Staff interpretive guidance for newly acquired businesses, the Company excluded the MedHealth acquisition from management’s annual assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. This acquisition constituted 1% of total assets as of December 31, 2012 and 4% of revenues for the year then ended. This business will be included in future evaluations of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls and procedures when these systems have been implemented in 2013.
 
KPMG LLP, the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The report is included in Item 15(a) under the heading Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
57

 
 
 
(c) 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the period covered by Form 10-K that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls.
 
Item 9B. Other Information.
 
None.
 
 
58

 
 
 PART III

Pursuant to General Instruction G (3) of Form 10-K, the information called for by Part III Item 10 (Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant), Item 11 (Executive Compensation), Item 12 (Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters), Item 13 (Certain Relationships and Related Transactions) and Item 14 (Principal Accountant Fees and Services), is incorporated herein by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.
 
 
59

 
 
PART IV
 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a)           The following documents are filed as part of this Report:
 
1. Financial Statements.
 
Description
   
     
ExamWorks Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
   
     
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
F-2
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012
 
F-4
     
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
F-5
     
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
F-6
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
F-7
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-8
 
2. Financial Statement Schedules.
 
The following Financial Statement Schedule for the Registrant is filed as part of this Report and should be read in conjunction with the Registrant’s Financial Statements:
 
Description
   
     
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
57
 
(b)           Exhibits.
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Title
2.1
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 23, 2010, by and among ExamWorks Group, Inc., ExamWorks, Inc. and ExamWorks Merger Sub, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
2.2
 
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 11, 2011, by and among ExamWorks Group, Inc., ExamWorks, Inc., MES Group, Inc., George C. Turek and the minority shareholders of MES Group, Inc. set forth therein (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 13, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
2.3*
 
Agreement for the sale and purchase of the entire issued share capital of Premex Group Limited dated May 10, 2011, among ExamWorks Group, Inc., ExamWorks UK Ltd. and the shareholders of Premex Group Limited set forth therein (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 13, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
 
 
60

 
 
2.4*
 
Tax Deed dated May 10, 2011, relating to the sale and purchase of the entire issued share capital of Premex Group between ExamWorks UK Ltd. And Covenantors set forth therein (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 13, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
2.5*
 
Sale and Purchase Deed relating to the sale and purchase of MedHealth Holdings Pty Limited dated August 31, 2012 among EW Pacific Pty Ltd, the shareholders of MedHealth Holdings Pty Limited set forth therein, and certain additional restrained parties set forth therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2012).
     
2.6*
 
Additional Sellers Deed relating to the sale and purchase of MedHealth Holdings Pty Limited dated August 31, 2012 among EW Pacific Pty Ltd and certain minority shareholders of MedHealth Holdings Pty Limited. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2012).
     
3.1.1
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ExamWorks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-K filed March 11, 2011).
     
3.1.2
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of ExamWorks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 10-K filed March 11, 2011).
     
4.1
 
Form of Common Stock Certificate of ExamWorks (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 3 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 21, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
4.2
 
Indenture dated July 19, 2011, by and among ExamWorks Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank, National Association, as Trustee (including Form of 9% Note Due 2019) (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 22, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
4.3
 
Registration Rights Agreement dated July 19, 2011 by and among ExamWorks Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as representative of the several Initial Purchasers (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 22, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
4.4
 
Form of 9% Senior Unsecured Exchange Note Due 2019 and Form of Exchange Guarantee (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to From S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 4, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.1+
 
Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 18, 2009, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, Fifth Third Bank and Bank of America (filed as Exhibit 10.1.1 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.2+
 
Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2009, by and among ExamWorks, Inc. and its subsidiaries party thereto in favor of Fifth Third Bank (filed as Exhibit 10.1.2 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
 
10.1.3+
 
Consent and Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2009, by and among ExamWorks, Inc. and its subsidiaries party thereto in favor of Fifth Third Bank, as the administrative agent for the lenders party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.1.3 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.4+
 
Consent and Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2009, by and among ExamWorks, Inc. and its subsidiaries party thereto in favor of Fifth Third Bank, as the administrative agent for the lenders party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.1.4 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
 
 
61

 
 
10.1.5+
 
Consent and Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2009, by and among ExamWorks, Inc. and its subsidiaries party thereto in favor of Fifth Third Bank, as the administrative agent for the lenders party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.1.5 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.6+
 
Consent and Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, Fifth Third Bank and Bank of America (filed as Exhibit 10.1.6 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.7
 
Consent Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, Fifth Third Bank and Bank of America (filed as Exhibit 10.1.7 to Amendment No. 4 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.8
 
Second Consent Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, Fifth Third Bank and Bank of America (filed as Exhibit 10.1.8 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.9
 
Third Consent Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, Fifth Third Bank and Bank of America (filed as Exhibit 10.1.9 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.10
 
Fourth Consent Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, Fifth Third Bank and Bank of America (filed as Exhibit 10.1.10 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.11
 
Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, Fifth Third Bank and Bank of America (filed as Exhibit 10.1.11 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.12
 
Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 10, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc. and its subsidiaries party thereto in favor of Fifth Third Bank, as the administrative agent for the lenders party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.1.12 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
 
10.1.13
 
Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, Fifth Third Bank, Bank of America and General Electric Capital Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1.13 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.14+
 
Ninth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, ExamWorks Canada, Inc., Fifth Third Bank, Bank of America and General Electric Capital Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1.14 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
 
10.1.15
 
Fifth Consent Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, ExamWorks Canada, Inc., Fifth Third Bank, Bank of America and General Electric Capital Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1.15 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
 
 
62

 
     
10.1.16+
 
Tenth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, ExamWorks Canada, Inc., Fifth Third Bank, Bank of America and General Electric Capital Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1.16 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.17
 
Eleventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, Fifth Third Bank, Bank of America and General Electric Capital Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1.17 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.18+
 
Twelfth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 7, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, ExamWorks Europe, Inc., Fifth Third Bank, Bank of America and General Electric Capital Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1.18 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.19
 
Sixth Consent Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, ExamWorks Canada, Inc., ExamWorks Europe, Inc., Fifth Third Bank, Bank of America and General Electric Capital Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1.19 to Amendment No. 2 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.1.20
 
Consent under Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., its subsidiaries party thereto, ExamWorks Canada, Inc., Fifth Third Bank, Bank of America and General Electric Capital Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1.20 to Amendment No. 2 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.2.1++
 
Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan of the Registrant, effective as of July 12, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.2.1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.2.2++
 
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.2.2 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.2.3++
 
Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.2.3 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.2.4++
 
Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.2.4 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.2.5++
 
First Amendment to ExamWorks Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
 
 
63

 
 
10.3.1
 
Stockholders’ Agreement, dated July 14, 2008, by and among ExamWorks Holdings, LLLP, the stockholders party thereto and ExamWorks, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.3.1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.3.2
 
Amendment to Stockholders’ Agreement, effective as of July 14, 2008, by and between ExamWorks Holdings, LLLP and ExamWorks, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.3.2 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.3.3
 
Second Amendment to Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2010, by and among ExamWorks Inc., ExamWorks Holdings, LLLP and the stockholders party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.3.3 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.4
 
Form of Warrant to purchase Common Stock, dated May 7, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.5
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 7, 2010, by and among ExamWorks, Inc., Broadband Capital Management LLC and the officers and employees of Broadband Capital Management LLC party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.6
 
Form of Investor Rights Agreement between ExamWorks, Inc. and the investors party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.7
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 3 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 21, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.8+
 
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 30, 2010, by and among Direct IME Corp., ExamWorks Group, Inc., Direct IME, Direct IME Inc., Direct IME Occupational Therapy Services Inc., Eleanor Cumiskey and Greg Cumiskey (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.9+
 
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 30, 2010, by and among SOMA Medical Assessments Corp., ExamWorks Group, Inc., SOMA Medical Assessments Inc., 1495929 Ontario Inc. and Troy Cumiskey (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.10
 
Monitoring Fee Agreement, dated July 14, 2008, by and between ExamWorks, Inc. and Compass Partners, L.L.C. (“Monitoring Fee Agreement”) (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.11
 
Letter Agreement Re: Monitoring Fee Agreement, dated May 29, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.12
 
Amendment to Monitoring Fee Agreement, dated January 7, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
 
 
64

 
 
10.13
 
Letters to RedRidge regarding engagement agreement and increases to the Company’s existing credit (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.14
 
Form of due diligence letter with RedRidge (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.15++
 
Consulting Agreement, dated July 14, 2008, by and between CFO Medical Services, Inc. and Edward M. Decter, M.D. (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.16++
 
Consulting Agreement, dated July 14, 2008, by and between CFO Medical Services, Inc. and Steven G. Robbins, M.D. (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.17++
 
Administrative Services and Support Agreement, dated July 14, 2008, by and between CFO Medical Services, Inc. and Edward M. Decter, M.D. (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.18++
 
Administrative Services and Support Agreement, dated July 14, 2008, by and between CFO Medical Services, Inc. and Steven G. Robbins, M.D. (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Amendment No. 1 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.19.1
 
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2010, among ExamWorks Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Amendment No. 2 to ExamWorks’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 13, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.19.2
 
First Amendment and Consent Agreement dated as of May 6, 2011, by and among ExamWorks Group, Inc., as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the Guarantors and Lenders party thereto, amending Credit Agreement dated as of October 10, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.19.3
 
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and among ExamWorks Group, Inc., as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the Guarantors and Lenders party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.19.4
 
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2012, by and among ExamWorks Group, Inc., as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the Guarantors and Lenders party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.19.4 to Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.19.5
 
Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement and Consent dated as of August 27, 2012, by and among ExamWorks Group, Inc., as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the Guarantors and Lenders party thereto, amending Credit Agreement dated as of October 10, 2010 (as amended) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2012).
 
 
65

 
 
10.20
 
Sales Finance Agreement - Recourse Confidential Invoice Discounting Facility (UK Debts) dated May 12, 2011 by and between Barclays Bank PLC and Premex Services Limited (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 17, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.21
 
Amendment Letter, dated May 12, 2011, by and between Barclays Bank PLC and Premex Services Limited (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 17, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.22
 
Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 3, 2011, by and among Direct IME Corp., ExamWorks Group, Inc., DAAL Financial (f.k.a. Direct IME), Direct IME Inc., Direct IME Occupational Therapy Services Inc., Eleanor Cumiskey and Greg Cumiskey (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.23
 
Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 3, 2011, by and among SOMA Medical Assessments Corp., ExamWorks Group, Inc., 1742366 Ontario Limited (f.k.a. SOMA Medical Assessments Inc.), 1495929 Ontario Inc. and Troy Cumiskey (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
     
10.24++
 
Separation and Release Agreement dated May 19, 2011 by and between ExamWorks Group, Inc. and Joshua W. Le Maire (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
21.1
 
List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1
 
Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)
31.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)
32.1
 
Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
101.INS**
 
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH**
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL**
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB**
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE**
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF**
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
*   Schedules to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K.  The Company agrees to furnish supplementary copies of any omitted schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
** XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language) interactive data files are furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under those sections.
+   Confidential treatment was granted for certain portions which are omitted in the copy of the exhibit electronically filed with the SEC. The omitted information was filed separately with the SEC pursuant to our application for confidential treatment.
++ Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
 
66

 

SCHEDULE II
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 (In thousands)
 
   
Beginning
Balance
   
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
   
Deductions
   
Acquisitions
   
Ending
Balance
 
Year ended December 31, 2010
                             
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 432     $ 173     $ (109 )   $ 319     $ 815  
                                         
Year ended December 31, 2011
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    815       2,297       (450 )           2,662  
                                         
Year ended December 31, 2012
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 2,662     $ 2,852     $ (1,370 )   $ 215     $ 4,359  
 
All financial statement schedules not listed are omitted because they are inapplicable or the requested information is shown in the financial statements of the Registrant or in the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
 
67

 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this 1st day of March 2013.
 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ J. Miguel Fernandez de Castro
 
   
J. Miguel Fernandez de Castro
 
   
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/ Richard E. Perlman
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
 
March 1, 2013
Richard E. Perlman
       
         
/s/ James K. Price
 
Chief Executive Officer and
 
March 1, 2013
James K. Price
 
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
   
         
/s/ J. Miguel Fernandez de Castro
 
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Executive
 
March 1, 2013
J. Miguel Fernandez de Castro
 
Vice President (Principal Financial and
   
   
Accounting Officer)
   
         
/s/ Peter B. Bach
 
Director
 
March 1, 2013
Peter B. Bach
       
         
/s/ Peter M. Graham
 
Director
 
March 1, 2013
Peter M. Graham
       
         
/s/ J. Thomas Presby
 
Director
 
March 1, 2013
J. Thomas Presby
       
         
/s/ William A. Shutzer
 
Director
 
March 1, 2013
William A. Shutzer
       
         
/s/ David B. Zenoff
 
Director
 
March 1, 2013
David B. Zenoff
       
 
 
68

 
 
Index
 
 
Page
   
ExamWorks Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
   
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-2
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012
F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
F-6
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
F-7
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-8
 
 
F-1

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
ExamWorks Group, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ExamWorks Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule included in Item 15(a)2. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), ExamWorks Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 1, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
/s/KPMG LLP
 
     
Atlanta, Georgia
   
March 1, 2013
   
 
 
F-2

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
ExamWorks Group, Inc.:

We have audited ExamWorks Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in  Internal Control – Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). ExamWorks Group, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (Item 9A.(b)). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, ExamWorks Group, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in  Internal Control – Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.(b) of ExamWorks Group Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, management has excluded the MedHealth Holdings Pty Limited acquisition from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. We have also excluded this entity acquired in a purchase business combination during 2012 from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. The total assets and revenues of this entity represented approximately 1% and 4%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of ExamWorks Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and our report dated March 1, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Atlanta, Georgia
March 1, 2013
 
 
F-3

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
 
Assets
           
Current assets:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 8,416     $ 8,627  
Accounts receivable, net
    144,041       144,676  
Other receivables
    40       21  
Prepaid expenses
    4,487       5,336  
Deferred tax assets
    1,640       16  
Other current assets
    1,173       1,213  
Total current assets
    159,797       159,889  
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net
    8,918       10,333  
Goodwill
    300,260       370,143  
Intangible assets, net
    146,168       152,896  
Long-term accounts receivable, less current portion
          31,708  
Deferred tax assets, noncurrent
          4,173  
Deferred financing costs, net
    11,458       10,258  
Other assets
    438       1,101  
Total assets
  $ 627,039     $ 740,501  
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 42,642     $ 46,940  
Accrued expenses
    28,410       35,995  
Accrued interest expense
    10,247       10,918  
Deferred revenue
    1,332       3,951  
Current portion of subordinated unsecured notes payable
    1,932       275  
Current portion of contingent earnout obligation
    91       91  
Current portion of working capital facilities
          5,983  
Other current liabilities
    5,459       5,973  
Total current liabilities
    90,113       110,126  
Senior unsecured notes payable
    250,000       250,000  
Senior secured revolving credit facility and working capital facilities, less current portion
    44,063       128,402  
Long-term subordinated unsecured notes payable, less current portion
    717       300  
Long-term contingent earnout obligation, less current portion
    86        
Deferred tax liability, noncurrent
    2,159        
Other long-term liabilities
    1,977       7,525  
Total liabilities
    389,115       496,353  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; Authorized 50,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2012
           
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; Authorized 250,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 34,090,618 and 34,341,360 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively
    3       3  
Additional paid-in capital
    268,162       285,938  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (1,429 )     3,183  
Accumulated deficit
    (21,549 )     (36,488 )
Treasury stock, at cost; Outstanding 805,613 and 905,349 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively
    (7,263 )     (8,488 )
Total stockholders’ equity
    237,924       244,148  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
  $ 627,039     $ 740,501  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-4

 

EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
   
For the years ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
                   
Revenues
  $ 163,511     $ 397,860     $ 521,237  
Costs and expenses:
                       
Costs of revenues
    103,606       262,242       344,051  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    37,689       84,133       113,510  
Depreciation and amortization
    19,505       47,439       58,551  
Total costs and expenses
    160,800       393,814       516,112  
Income from operations
    2,711       4,046       5,125  
Interest and other expenses, net:
                       
Interest expense, net
    8,178       15,480       27,968  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    3,169       621        
Other income
                (226 )
(Gain) loss on interest rate swap
    42       (328 )     (225 )
Realized foreign currency (gain) loss
    (156 )     688       534  
Total interest and other expenses, net
    11,233       16,461       28,051  
Loss before income taxes
    (8,522 )     (12,415 )     (22,926 )
Benefit for income taxes
    (2,484 )     (4,082 )     (7,987 )
Net loss
  $ (6,038 )   $ (8,333 )   $ (14,939 )
                         
Per share data:
                       
Net loss per share:
                       
                         
Basic and diluted
  $ (0.33 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.44 )
                         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                       
Basic and diluted
    18,500,859       33,975,658       34,141,098  
                         
Comprehensive Loss:
                       
Net loss
  $ (6,038 )   $ (8,333 )   $ (14,939 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
    1,216       (2,645 )     4,612  
Total comprehensive loss
  $ (4,822 )   $ (10,978 )   $ (10,327 )
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-5

 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In thousands, except share amounts)
   
Series A convertible
preferred stock
   
Common stock
   
Treasury stock
   
Additional
paid-in
   
Accumulated other
comprehensive
   
Accumulated
   
Total
stockholders’
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Amount
   
capital
   
income (loss)
   
deficit
   
equity
 
Balances at December 31, 2009
        $       12,356,942     $     $     $ 27,202     $     $ (6,802 )   $ 20,400  
Issuance of preferred stock, net of related costs, for cash
    4,975,180       33,000                         (579 )                 32,421  
Issuance of common stock in exchange for preferred stock
    (4,975,180 )     (33,000 )     4,975,180       1             33,000                   1  
Issuance of common stock in public offering, net of issuance costs
                9,290,114       1             133,694                     133,695  
Issuance of common stock, net of related costs, for cash and services
                1,464,392                   2,966                   2,966  
Issuance of common stock, net of related costs, for termination of agreement
                739,506                   1,434                   1,434  
Issuance of common stock, net of related costs, to settle earnout obligations
                103,947                   576                   576  
Issuance of common stock for acquisitions
                3,035,851       1             10,075                   10,076  
Issuance of common stock for the exercise of options and warrants
                199,699                   703                   703  
Issuance of common stock for services
                50,473                                      
Share-based compensation
                                  1,816                   1,816  
Excess tax benefit on share-based compensation
                                  974                   974  
Net loss
                                              (6,038 )     (6,038 )
Other comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                          1,216             1,216  
Balances at December 31, 2010
                32,216,104       3             211,861       1,216       (12,840 )     200,240  
Issuance of common stock for acquisitions
                2,098,038                   45,386                   45,386  
Issuance of common stock for the exercise of options and warrants
                479,423                   2,292                   2,292  
Issuance of common stock, from treasury for acquisitions
                202,999             2,158       6             (376 )     1,788  
Issuance of common stock for services
                44,908                                      
Issuance of common stock, net of related costs, to settle earnout obligations
                57,758                   808                   808  
Share-based compensation
                                  7,834                   7,834  
Net loss
                                              (8,333 )     (8,333 )
Other comprehensive loss:
                                                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                        (2,645 )           (2,645 )
Stock repurchases under stock repurchase programs
                (1,008,612 )           (9,421 )                       (9,421 )
Other
                                  (25 )                 (25 )
Balances at December 31, 2011
        $       34,090,618     $ 3     $ (7,263 )   $ 268,162     $ (1,429 )   $ (21,549 )   $ 237,924  
Issuance of common stock for the exercise of options and warrants
                302,875                   2,258                   2,258  
Issuance of common stock, from treasury for acquisitions
                6,190             58       27                   85  
Issuance of common stock for services
                47,603                                      
Shares recovered relating to acquisitions
                (66,926 )           (896 )                       (896 )
Share-based compensation
                                  12,649                   12,649  
Excess tax benefit on share-based compensation
                                  2,853                   2,853  
Net loss
                                              (14,939 )     (14,939 )
Other comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                        4,612             4,612  
Stock repurchases under stock repurchase programs
                (39,000 )           (387 )                       (387 )
Other
                                  (11 )                 (11 )
Balances at December 31, 2012
        $       34,341,360     $ 3     $ (8,488 )   $ 285,938     $ 3,183     $ (36,488 )   $ 244,148  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
F-6

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
   
For the years ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
                   
Operating activities:
                 
Net loss
  $ (6,038 )   $ (8,333 )   $ (14,939 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
(Gain) loss on interest rate swap
    42       (328 )     (225 )
Depreciation and amortization
    19,505       47,439       58,551  
Amortization of deferred rent
    (61 )     (450 )     (82 )
Share-based compensation
    1,816       7,834       13,756  
Excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation
    (974 )           (2,853 )
Provision for doubtful accounts
    173       2,297       2,852  
Amortization of deferred financing costs
    872       1,941       2,190  
Deferred income taxes
    (5,406 )     (6,364 )     (21,201 )
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    3,169       621        
Other
                (31 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (2,098 )     (9,047 )     (24,666 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    560       (1,801 )     (64 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    5,946       (1,907 )     8,300  
Accrued interest expense
          10,240       671  
Deferred revenue and customer deposits
    (917 )     (169 )     2,425  
Other liabilities
    1,714       (2,430 )     93  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    18,303       39,543       24,777  
Investing activities:
                       
Cash paid for acquisitions, net
    (115,225 )     (322,248 )     (108,970 )
Purchases of equipment and leasehold improvements, net
    (1,730 )     (6,856 )     (5,841 )
Working capital and other settlements for acquisitions
    418       (6,710 )     427  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (116,537 )     (335,814 )     (114,384 )
Financing activities:
                       
Borrowings under credit facilities
    67,315       278,000       170,640  
Excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation
    974             2,853  
Proceeds from the exercise of options and warrants
    703       2,292       2,258  
Borrowings under senior unsecured notes payable
          250,000        
Issuance of preferred stock, net
    32,421              
Issuance of common stock, net
    136,660              
Repayment of related party notes
    (3,500 )            
Purchases of stock for treasury
          (9,421 )     (387 )
Payment of deferred financing costs
    (6,534 )     (9,746 )     (1,074 )
Repayment of subordinated unsecured notes payable
    (2,167 )     (2,421 )     (2,193 )
Net borrowings (repayments) under working capital facilities
    4,997       35,621       (6,279 )
Repayment under credit facilities
    (100,550 )     (273,000 )     (76,000 )
Other
          (440 )     (94 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
    130,319       270,885       89,724  
Exchange rate impact on cash and cash equivalents
    40       178       94  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    32,125       (25,208 )     211  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    1,499       33,624       8,416  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 33,624     $ 8,416     $ 8,627  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
                       
Issuance of common stock for acquisitions
  $ 10,075     $ 47,174     $ 85  
Issuance of subordinated unsecured notes payable for acquisitions
    1,747              
Issuance of common stock to settle earnout obligations
    576       808        
Issuance of common stock for termination of agreement
    1,434              
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 4,994     $ 5,447     $ 25,214  
Cash paid for income taxes
    231       4,061       8,913  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-7

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
 (1)              Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation
 
ExamWorks Group, Inc. (‘ExamWorks” or the “Company”) is a leading provider of independent medical examinations (“IMEs”), peer and bill reviews and related services (“IME services” or the “IME industry”). ExamWorks, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on April 27, 2007. In 2008, ExamWorks, Inc. acquired three companies operating in the independent medical examination (“IME”) industry. In 2009, ExamWorks, Inc. acquired 11 other IME companies, including a provider of software solutions to the IME industry. In 2010, ExamWorks, Inc. acquired 14 additional IME companies. In 2011, ExamWorks, Inc. acquired nine additional IME companies.  In 2012, ExamWorks, Inc. acquired three additional IME companies. To date, the Company has acquired 40 IME companies. As of December 31, 2012, ExamWorks, Inc. operates out of 57 service centers serving all 50 United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia. In June 2010, ExamWorks, Inc. effected a corporate reorganization creating a holding company, ExamWorks Group, Inc., with ExamWorks, Inc. becoming a 100% owned subsidiary of ExamWorks Group, Inc. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company completed an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) of 9.3 million shares of common stock. 
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ExamWorks and its 100% owned subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
(2)               Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
(a)               Stock Split
 
On October 12, 2010, the Board of Directors approved an amended and restated certificate of incorporation that effected a stock split of every 1 outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into 5.1411 shares of preferred stock or common stock, respectively. The par value of the common and convertible preferred stock was not adjusted as a result of the stock split. All issued and outstanding common stock, convertible preferred stock, warrants and options for common stock and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split for all periods presented. The Board of Directors also approved an increase in the authorized capital to 250.0 million shares of common stock and 50.0 million shares of preferred stock.
 
(b)               Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management bases its estimates on certain assumptions which they believe are reasonable in the circumstances and actual results could differ from those estimates. The more significant estimates reflected in these consolidated financial statements include the valuation of equity issued prior to the Company’s IPO, purchase price allocations, useful lives of intangible assets, potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, the allowance for doubtful accounts, the portion of accounts receivable deemed to be long term in nature, the valuation of deferred tax assets and the valuation of share-based compensation and derivative instruments.
 
(c)               Foreign Currencies
 
Assets and liabilities recorded in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are recorded to other comprehensive income (loss) and are reported net of the effect of income taxes on the consolidated financial statements. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the income tax expense (benefit) related to foreign currency translation was $844,000, ($960,000) and ($60,000) respectively.
 
 
F-8

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
(d)               Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company had no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.
 
(e)               Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Accounts receivable consist of amounts owed to the Company for services provided in the normal course of business and are reported net of allowance for doubtful accounts, which amounted to $2.7 million and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Generally, no collateral is received from customers and additions to the allowance are based on ongoing credit evaluations of customers with general credit experience being within the range of management’s expectations. Accounts are reviewed regularly for collectability and those deemed uncollectible are written off.  The Company assumes, that on average, all accounts receivable will be collected within one year and thus classifies these as current assets; however there are certain receivables, principally in the U.K., that have aged longer than one year as of December 31, 2012, and the Company has recorded an estimate for those receivables that will not be collected within one year as long-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
(f)                Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other information. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, no individual customer accounted for more than 10% of revenues. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no individual customers that accounted for greater than 10% of the accounts receivable balance.
 
As of December 31, 2012, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totaling approximately $8.6 million. These amounts were held for future acquisition and working capital purposes and were held in non-interest bearing accounts, of which $4.1 million were held in the U.S. The U.S. amounts were insured in full against bank failure through December 31, 2012 under section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which provided temporary unlimited deposit insurance coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts at all FDIC-insured depository institutions.
 
(g)               Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements
 
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets and accelerated methods for income tax purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their expected useful life or the remaining lease term. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.
 
(h)               Long-Lived Assets
 
In accordance with Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, Subsections of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Subtopic 360-10 (“ASC 360”),  Property, Plant, and Equipment — Overall , long-lived assets, such as equipment and purchased intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, no impairment was noted.
 
 
F-9

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
(i)                Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 350,  Intangibles — Goodwill and Other  (“ASC 350”). The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. Under the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the enterprise must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.
 
The Company performed its annual impairment review of goodwill in October of 2011 and 2012 and it was determined that the carrying amount of goodwill was not impaired and there have been no subsequent developments that would indicate impairment exists as of December 31, 2012. The goodwill impairment review will continue to be performed annually or more frequently if facts and circumstances warrant a review.

ASC 350 also requires that intangible assets with definite lives be amortized over their estimated useful lives. Currently, customer relationships, trade names, covenants not-to-compete and technology are amortized using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives.
 
(j)                Deferred Financing Costs
 
Deferred financing costs totaling $1.7 million were incurred in December 2009 in connection with the Company's previous credit facility with Fifth Third Bank ("Fifth Third Credit Facility") and were to be amortized to interest expense over the three-year term of the facility using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method. In the first ten months of 2010, an additional $2.1 million of deferred financing costs were incurred as the Company expanded its borrowing availability under the Fifth Third Credit Facility. The Fifth Third Credit facility was repaid in November 2010 with proceeds generated from the IPO. In connection with this early retirement of debt, the Company recognized debt extinguishment costs of approximately $3.2 million in 2010 for the unamortized portion of the loan costs.  The debt extinguishment costs were recorded as other interest expense in accordance with ASC topic 470,  Debt  (“ASC 470”).   
 
In November 2010, the Company entered in to a new senior secured revolving credit facility with Bank of America N.A. (“Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility”) (see Note 10) and has incurred deferred financing costs of $8.1 million, of which $4.4 million, $3.0 million and $654,000 were incurred in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.  In July 2011, the Company reduced the aggregate revolving commitments under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility by $37.5 million for a maximum commitment of $262.5 million.  In conjunction with this reduction, the Company recognized debt extinguishment costs of approximately $621,000 in July 2011 for the unamortized portion of the loan costs which were recorded as other interest expense.  In August 2012 in conjunction with an acquisition, the Company amended the senior secured revolving credit facility to add the Australian dollar as an alternative currency and increase the alternative currency sublimit from USD $60.0 million to USD $100.0 million. Additionally, in July 2011, the Company closed a private offering of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.0% senior notes due 2019 (“Initial Notes”). In June 2012, in accordance with the registration rights granted to the original purchasers of the Initial Notes, the Company completed an exchange offer of the privately placed Initial Notes for new 9.0% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Exchange Notes,” and together with the Initial Notes, the “Senior Unsecured Notes”) registered with the SEC with substantially identical terms to the Initial Notes. The Company has incurred deferred financing costs of $7.1 million associated therewith, of which $6.7 million and $420,000 were incurred in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
 
 
F-10

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
The deferred financing costs associated with the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Unsecured Notes will be amortized to interest expense over the five-year term of the facility, as amended, and the eight-year term of the notes, respectively, using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company amortized $872,000, $1.9 million and $2.2 million to interest expense, respectively.
 
(k)               Deferred Rents
 
The Company entered into various leases for offices that have certain escalation clauses or other features which require rental expense to be recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, the deferred rent balance was $1.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and is included in other current and long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
(l)                Revenue Recognition
 
Revenue related to IMEs, peer reviews, bill reviews and administrative support services is recognized at the time services have been performed and the report is shipped to the end user. The Company believes that recognizing revenue at the time the report is shipped is appropriate because the Company’s revenue policies meet the following four criteria in accordance with ASC 605-10-S25,  Revenue Recognition: Overall,  (i) persuasive evidence that arrangement exists, (ii) shipment has occurred, (iii) the price is fixed and determinable and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company reports revenues net of any sales, use and value added taxes.
 
Revenue related to other IME services, including litigation support services and medical record retrieval services, where no report is generated, is recognized at the time the service is performed. The Company believes that recognizing revenue at the time the service is performed is appropriate because the Company’s revenue policies meet the following four criteria in accordance with ASC 605-10-S25, (i) persuasive evidence that arrangement exists, (ii) services have been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed and determinable and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

Certain agreements with customers in the U.K. include provisions whereby collection of the amounts billed are contingent on the favorable outcome of the claim.  The Company has deemed these provisions to preclude revenue recognition at the time of sale, as collectability is not reasonably assured and the sales are contingent, and is deferring these revenues, net of estimated costs, until the case has been settled, the contingency has been resolved and the cash has been collected.  There was no deferral related to contingent revenues as of December 31, 2010.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company deferred $2.6 million in contingent revenues and $1.6 million in costs and expenses associated with the contingent revenues.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company deferred an additional $10.0 million in contingent revenues and $7.5 million in costs and expenses associated with the contingent revenues.
 
Should changes in conditions cause management to determine these criteria are not met for certain future transactions, revenue recognized for any reporting period could be adversely affected.
 
(m)              Costs of Revenues
 
Costs of revenues are comprised of fees paid to members of the Company’s medical panel; other direct costs including transcription, film and medical record obtainment and transportation; and other indirect costs including labor and overhead related to the generation of revenues.

(n)               Shipping and Handling Costs
 
Shipping and handling charges billed to customers are recorded as revenue; the corresponding costs are included in costs of revenues.
 
 
F-11

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
(o)               Marketing and Advertising Costs
 
Marketing and advertising costs are expensed as incurred and amounted to $1.2 million $2.2 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and are included in SGA expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
                                               
(p)               Accounting for Leases
 
The Company leases office space under operating lease agreements with original lease periods of up to 10 years. Certain of the lease agreements contain renewal and rent escalation provisions. Rent escalation provisions are considered in determining straight-line rent expense to be recorded over the lease term. The lease term begins on the date of initial possession of the lease property for purposes of recognizing lease expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease renewal periods are considered on a lease-by-lease basis and are generally not included in the initial lease term. Landlord allowances for improvements to leaseholds are included in property and equipment and offset by a corresponding deferred rent credit. The Company amortizes the leasehold improvements over the shorter of the life of the improvements or the life of the lease. The deferred rent credit is included in other liabilities (current and long term) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and will be amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the applicable lease.
 
(q)               Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company applies the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , (included in FASB ASC Subtopic 740-10,  Income Taxes — Overall ), and recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Prior to the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, the Company recognized the effect of income tax positions only if such positions were probable of being sustained.
 
The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
 
(r)               Loss Per Common Share
 
Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss, adjusted on an “as if converted” basis, by the weighted-average number of actual shares outstanding and, when dilutive, the share equivalents that would arise from the assumed conversion of convertible instruments. The effect of potentially dilutive stock options and warrants is calculated using the treasury stock method.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the potentially dilutive securities include options and warrants exercisable into 5.5 million shares of common stock, 113,000 shares of common stock issuable to settle the equity component of an earnout obligation, and 135,000 shares of common stock issuable, at the holder’s option, to settle a subordinated unsecured note. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the potentially dilutive securities include options and warrants exercisable into 7.8 million shares of common stock and 68,000 shares of common stock issuable, at the holder’s option, to settle a subordinated unsecured note.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, the potentially dilutive securities include options and warrants exercisable into 9.8 million shares of common stock.
 
 
F-12

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, all of the potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the calculation of shares applicable to loss per share, because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.
 
(s)               Share-Based Compensation
 
The Company has an Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, (the “Plan”) that provides for granting of stock options. The Company accounts for share-based awards in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation  (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires measurement of compensation cost for all share-based awards at fair value on the grant date (or measurement date if different) and recognition of compensation expense, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service period for awards expected to vest.
 
The fair value of stock option grants is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable, characteristics not present in these employee stock options. Additionally, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility of the stock price. Because the Company’s employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates, in management’s opinion, the existing models may not provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its share-based awards.
 
The Company’s expected volatility assumptions are based upon the Company’s peer group average implied volatility for 2010 and are based upon the Company’s peer group median implied volatility for 2011 and 2012. Expected life assumptions for the first three quarters of 2010 are based upon the average of the “simplified” method as described in Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, which is the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term, and the contractual term of the option, in accordance with ASC 718, which states that if no amount within the range is more or less likely than any other amount, an average of the range (its expected value) should be used for those options issued significantly out-of-the-money, and are based upon the “simplified” method for those options issued in the fourth quarter of 2010 and the full years of 2011 and 2012 which were determined to be issued approximately at-the-money. The risk-free interest rate was selected based upon yields of U.S. Treasury issues with a term equal to the expected life of the option being valued.
 
The assumptions utilized for stock option grants during 2010, 2011 and 2012 were as follows:
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
Volatility
    40.08
44.31
%
    35.79
44.46
%
    45.86
 48.36
%
Expected life (years)
    6.50
8.00
       
6.00
         
6.00
   
Risk-free interest rate
    1.62
3.53
%
    1.21
2.54
%
    0.83
1.15
%
Dividend yield
     
 
       
 
       
   
Fair value
 
$
0.63
4.32
   
$
3.39
 9.28
   
$
4.23
6.54
 
 
In 2010, the Company issued approximately 4.2 million stock option awards, respectively, to employees. The weighted average fair value of each stock option was $2.06 per option, and the aggregate fair value was $8.6 million. The majority of these awards vest over a three-year period, with the remaining awards vesting 50% over the earlier of 18 months or the IPO, a period of 7 months, and 50% over a 12 month period following the IPO, provided the individual remains in the employment of the Company as of the vesting date. Additionally, all these options could vest earlier in the event of a change in control or merger or other acquisition and approximately 217,000 of these options could vest earlier in the event of an IPO. In the fourth quarter of 2010, in conjunction with the completed IPO, the Company accelerated the vesting on all eligible outstanding stock options and recorded an additional $694,000 in share-based compensation expense related to the change in vesting term. Share-based compensation expense related to stock option awards was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, all of which was recorded in selling, general and administrative (“SGA”) expenses.
 
 
F-13

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
In 2011, the Company issued approximately 3.2 million stock option awards to employees. The weighted average fair value of each stock option was $7.69 per option and the aggregate fair value was $24.4 million. All of these awards vest over a three-year period. Additionally, all these options could vest earlier in the event of a change in control or merger or other acquisition. Share-based compensation expense related to stock option awards was $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, of which $2.0 million was included in costs of revenues and $5.4 million was recorded in SGA expenses.

In 2012, the Company issued approximately 2.9 million stock option awards to employees.  The weighted average fair value of each stock option was $4.60 per option and the aggregate fair value was $13.5 million.  All of these awards vest over a three-year period with the exception of 100,000 options granted in the fourth quarter of 2012 which vest over a two year period.  Additionally, all these options could vest earlier in the event of a change in control or merger or other acquisition.  Share-based compensation expense related to stock option awards was $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, of which $3.0 million was included in costs of revenues and $9.0 million was recorded in SGA expenses.
 
At December 31, 2011 and 2012, the unrecognized compensation expense related to stock option awards was $22.9 million and $20.4 million, respectively, with a remaining weighted average life of 1.7 years and 1.2 years, respectively.

A summary of option activity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 follows:
 
   
Number of options
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price
   
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
   
Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in
thousands)
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    1,323,782     $ 3.02              
Options granted
    4,172,687       8.45              
Options forfeited
    (242,633 )     6.88              
Options exercised
    (195,311 )     3.50              
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
    5,058,525     $ 7.29              
Options granted
    3,173,900       19.64              
Options forfeited
    (402,220 )     12.22              
Options exercised
    (458,901 )     5.00              
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
    7,371,304     $ 12.48              
Options granted
    2,933,701       10.28              
Options forfeited
    (552,228 )     15.28              
Options exercised
    (289,120 )     8.46              
Outstanding at December 31, 2012
    9,463,657     $ 11.76       8.1     $ 39,382  
                                 
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2012
    4,178,446     $ 9.62       7.3     $ 24,390  
Expected to vest after December 31, 2012
    4,703,838     $ 13.48       8.8     $ 13,343  
 
Aggregate intrinsic value represents the value of the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal period in excess of the weighted average exercise price multiplied by the number of options outstanding or exercisable. Options expected to vest are unvested shares net of expected forfeitures. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was approximately $2.4 million, $7.4 million and $1.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. There were approximately 1.8 million options exercisable as of December 31, 2010 with a per share weighted average exercise price of $4.19 and approximately 2.3 million options exercisable as of December 31, 2011 with a weighted average exercise price of $6.06.
 
 
F-14

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company issued approximately 50,000, 31,000 and 39,000 shares of restricted stock, respectively, to certain non-employee members of the Board of Directors as compensation for services provided during the year. These shares of restricted stock had a weighted average fair value of $3.75, $13.62 and $12.59 per share, respectively, and the aggregate fair value was $189,000, $425,000 and $485,000, respectively. The fair value of these awards was based upon an estimate of fair value or the market price of the underlying common stock as of the date of the grant for those issued following the IPO. The restriction on these shares expires after a one-year period provided the individual remains in the service of the Company as of that date. Additionally, the restriction on these shares could expire earlier in the event of a change in control or merger or other acquisition. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, share-based compensation expense related to these awards was $88,000, $279,000 and $450,000, respectively. At December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the unrecognized compensation expense related to shares of restricted stock is $102,000, 248,000 and $283,000, respectively, with a remaining weighted average life of 0.6 years as of each year-end.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company issued approximately 25,000 restricted stock units to certain employees and outside consultants. These restricted stock units had a weighted average fair value of $14.04 per unit and the aggregate fair value was $350,000. The fair value of these awards was based upon an estimate of fair value or the market price of the underlying common stock as of the date of the grant for those issued following the IPO. These awards vest over a two- or three-year period provided the individual remains in the service of the Company as of the vesting date. Additionally, these restricted stock units could vest earlier in the event of a change in control or merger or other acquisition. Of these restricted stock units, none were vested as of December 31, 2010, approximately 14,000 shares have been issued for vested units as of December 31, 2011, and approximately 9,000 shares have been issued for vested units as of December 31, 2012, and the remaining shares will be issued at the date of vesting.  For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, share-based compensation expense related to these awards was $61,000, $177,000, and $96,000 respectively. At December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock units is $289,000 and $112,000, and $16,000, respectively, with a remaining weighted average life of 1.7 years, 0.7 years, and 0.7 years, respectively.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued approximately 149,000 restricted stock units to certain employees.  These restricted stock units had a weighted average fair value of $14.02 per unit and the aggregate fair value was $2.1 million.  The fair value of these awards was based upon the market price of the underlying common stock as of the date of the grant.  These awards vest over a three-year period provided the individual remains in the service of the Company as of the vesting date. Additionally, these restricted stock units could vest earlier in the event of a change in control or merger or other acquisition. Of these restricted stock units, none were vested as of December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012, share-based compensation expense related to these awards was $116,000.  At December 31, 2012, the unrecognized compensation expense related to these restricted stock units is $2.0 million, with a remaining weighted average life of 2.8 years.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $1.1 million related to a 2012 incentive compensation plan, all of which was recorded in SGA expenses and this obligation was settled in February 2013 via the issuance of approximately 75,000 restricted stock units.  There was no share-based compensation expense recorded related to incentive compensation plans in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011.

  (t)              Fair Value Measurements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued authoritative guidance codified as ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures  (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. ASC 820 is effective for interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company adopted the applicable provisions of ASC 820 effective January 1, 2008.
 
 
F-15

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments (“ASC 825”), delayed the effective date of the application of ASC 820 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. Nonrecurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities for which the Company has not applied the provisions of ASC 820 primarily include those measured at fair value in goodwill and long-lived asset impairment testing, those initially measured at fair value in a business combination, and nonfinancial liabilities for exit or disposal activities.
  
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the following levels:
 
In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as consider counterpart credit risk in its assessment of fair value.
 
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
Level 2 – Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly.
 
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs based on the company’s own assumptions.
 
The Company’s financial liabilities, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, are categorized using the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and are as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
As of December 31, 2011
                       
Financial instruments:
                       
Interest rate swap
  $     $ 326     $     $ 326  
Contingent consideration
                1,621       1,621  
                                 
As of December 31, 2012
                               
Financial instruments:
                               
Interest rate swap
  $     $ 101     $     $ 101  
Contingent consideration
                846       846  

The fair value of the interest rate swap is determined using observable market inputs, such as current interest rates, and considers nonperformance risk of the Company and that of its counterparties.
 
The contingent consideration relates to earnout provisions recorded in conjunction with certain acquisitions completed in 2009 and 2010 (see Note 3). Of the total decrease in fair value of the contingent consideration of $775,000 in 2012, $593,000 was settled as cash consideration to satisfy installments related to 2009 and 2010 acquisitions, approximately $234,000 of the change in value relates to the release of a restriction associated with shares previously issued related to a 2009 acquisition and approximately $52,000 was recorded in interest and other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations due to changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration.  
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance codified as ASC 825, which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. This provision of ASC 825 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. As the Company did not elect the fair value option, the adoption of this provision of ASC 825 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.
 
 
F-16

 
 
(u)              Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of two components, net loss and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under U.S. GAAP are recorded as a component of stockholders’ equity but are excluded from net loss. The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments, reported net of tax as appropriate, from those business units not using the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.
 
(v)               Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
 
In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13 (“ASU 2009-13”) addressing revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, eliminates the residual method of allocation, requires the allocation of arrangement consideration to all deliverables using the relative selling price method, and significantly expands disclosure requirements. The guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-13 effective January 1, 2011 and this adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure. This update provides amendments to Codification topic, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , which require new disclosures about transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and the reasons for the transfers as well as reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. Adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. This ASU represents the converged guidance of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board on fair value measurement. These amendments have resulted in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning of the term “fair value.” The common requirements are expected to result in greater comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments are to be applied prospectively and are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted these provisions effective January 1, 2012 and the adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In June and December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”) and ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 (ASC 220, Comprehensive Income), respectively. These update amend ASC Topic 220, “Comprehensive Income” to provide that total comprehensive income is to be reported in one continuous statement or two separate but consecutive statements of financial performance. Presentation of total comprehensive income in the statement of stockholders' equity or the footnotes is no longer allowed. The calculation of net income and basic and diluted net income per share is not affected. These ASUs are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted these provisions effective January 1, 2012 and the adoption of these provisions did not have a significant impact on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
 
F-17

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. This ASU is intended to simplify goodwill impairment testing by adding a qualitative review step to assess whether the required quantitative impairment analysis that exists previously is necessary. The fair value calculation for goodwill is required unless the Company concludes, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its book value. If such a decline in fair value is deemed more likely than not to have occurred, then the quantitative goodwill impairment test must be completed; otherwise, goodwill is deemed to be not impaired and no further testing is required until the next annual test date (or sooner if conditions or events before that date raise concerns of potential impairment in the business). The amended goodwill impairment guidance does not affect the manner in which a company estimates fair value. The new standard is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted these provisions effective January 1, 2012 and the adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. This ASU is intended to reduce the costs and complexity of the annual impairment testing related to indefinite-lived intangibles assets by providing entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. This new standard is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The Company adopted these provisions in the fourth quarter of 2012 and the adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

There were various other accounting standards and interpretations issued during 2011 and 2012 the Company has not yet been required to adopt, none of which are expected to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

  (3)             Acquisitions
 
ExamWorks operates in a highly fragmented industry and has completed 40 acquisitions since July 14, 2008. A key component of ExamWorks’ acquisition strategy is growth through acquisitions that expand its geographic coverage, that provide new or complementary lines of business, expand its portfolio of services and that increase its market share.
 
The Company has accounted for all business combinations using the purchase method to record a new cost basis for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company recorded, based on a preliminary purchase price allocation, intangible assets representing client relationships, tradenames, covenants not to compete, and technology and the excess of purchase price over the estimated fair value of the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the separately recognized intangible assets has been recorded as goodwill in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The goodwill is attributable to synergies achieved through the streamlining of operations combined with improved margins attainable through increased market presence. The results of operations are reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Company from the date of acquisition.
 
 (a)              2010 Acquisitions
 
Metro Medical Acquisition
 
On March 26, 2010, ExamWorks acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Metro Medical Services, LLC (“Metro Medical”) for aggregate consideration of $13.5 million, comprised of $13.0 million cash consideration less cash acquired of $722,000 and 589,930 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of $1.3 million. In conjunction with the Metro Medical acquisition, the Company incurred transaction costs of $101,000 which are reported in SGA expenses in the accompanying 2010 Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Metro Medical acquisition enabled the Company to further expand its operations in the northeastern region of the United States.
 
 
F-18

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
The final allocation of consideration for the Metro Medical acquisition is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Preliminary
purchase price
allocation
December 31,
2010
   
Adjustments/
reclassifications
   
Final
purchase price
allocation
December 31,
2011
 
Equipment and leasehold improvements
 
$
186
   
$
   
$
186
 
Customer relationships
   
4,715
     
     
4,715
 
Tradename
   
1,458
     
     
1,458
 
Covenants not to compete
   
66
     
     
66
 
Technology
   
100
     
     
100
 
Goodwill
   
5,601
     
     
5,601
 
Deferred tax asset associated with step-up in book basis
   
680
     
     
680
 
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
   
682
     
     
682
 
Totals
 
$
13,488
   
$
   
$
13,488
 
 
In 2011, the Company finalized the purchase price allocation with no adjustments. The goodwill and other intangible assets resulting from the Metro Medical acquisition are deductible for tax purposes.
 
Direct IME Acquisition
 
On June 30, 2010, ExamWorks acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Direct IME, A Partnership (“Direct IME”), for aggregate consideration of $13.6 million, comprised of $11.9 million cash consideration less cash acquired of $50,000, 507,606 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of $1.4 million and $351,000 of contingent consideration. The acquisition agreement contains a clawback provision whereby certain revenue and profitability targets must be met for a period of two years. At the time of closing, the Company expected Direct IME to achieve the targeted levels. Additionally, the acquisition agreement contains contingent consideration in the form of an earnout provision based upon the achievement of certain revenue and profitability targets. Any contingent consideration is payable at the end of a two-year period. The fair value of the contingent consideration is adjusted quarterly based primarily on variations in the expected performance of the acquired businesses with the change being recorded as other (income) expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded additional contingent consideration of $210,000 resulting primarily from the change in the value of the earnout as other expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.  In the third quarter of 2011, the Company and the sellers of Direct IME agreed to terminate the clawback and earnout provisions in the acquisition agreement.  As a result, the Company recorded a reduction to contingent consideration of approximately $600,000 in SGA expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations. In conjunction with the Direct IME acquisition, the Company incurred transaction costs of $194,000 which are reported in SGA expenses in the accompanying 2010 Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Direct IME acquisition enabled the Company to expand operations into the Canadian market.
 
 
F-19

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

The final allocation of consideration for the Direct IME acquisition is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Preliminary
purchase price
allocation
December 31,
2010
   
Adjustments/
reclassifications
   
Final
purchase price
allocation
December 31,
2011
 
Equipment and leasehold improvements
 
$
34
   
$
   
$
34
 
Customer relationships
   
5,416
     
     
5,416
 
Tradename
   
720
     
     
720
 
Covenants not to compete
   
33
     
     
33
 
Technology
   
48
     
     
48
 
Goodwill
   
5,708
     
     
5,708
 
Deferred tax asset associated with step-up in book basis
   
815
     
     
815
 
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
   
855
     
     
855
 
Totals
 
$
13,629
   
$
   
$
13,629
 
 
In 2011, the Company finalized the purchase price allocation with no adjustments. The goodwill and other intangible assets resulting from the Direct IME acquisition are deductible for tax purposes.
 
Verity Acquisition
 
On August 6, 2010, ExamWorks acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Verity Medical, Inc. (“Verity Medical”), for cash consideration of $14.0 million. In conjunction with the Verity Medical acquisition, the Company incurred transaction costs of $138,000 which are reported in SGA expenses in the accompanying 2010 Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Verity Medical acquisition enabled the Company to further expand its operations in the midwestern region of the United States.
 
The final allocation of consideration for the Verity Medical acquisition is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Preliminary
purchase price
allocation
December 31,
2010
   
Adjustments/
reclassifications
   
Final
purchase price
allocation
December 31,
2011
 
Equipment and leasehold improvements
 
$
46
   
$
   
$
46
 
Customer relationships
   
6,063
     
     
6,063
 
Tradename
   
1,036
     
     
1,036
 
Covenants not to compete
   
51
     
     
51
 
Technology
   
83
     
     
83
 
Goodwill
   
6,160
     
14
     
6,174
 
Deferred tax asset associated with step-up in book basis
   
12
     
8
     
20
 
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
   
540
     
(22
)
   
518
 
Totals
 
$
13,991
   
$
   
$
13,991
 
 
In 2011, the Company finalized the purchase price allocation with limited adjustments. The goodwill and other intangible assets resulting from the Verity Medical acquisition are deductible for tax purposes.

 
F-20

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
UK Independent Medical Acquisition
 
On September 7, 2010, ExamWorks acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of UK Independent Medical Services (“UKIM”) for aggregate consideration of $16.0 million, comprised of $14.5 million cash consideration and 253,003 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of $1.5 million. In conjunction with the UKIM acquisition, the Company incurred transaction costs of $447,000 which are reported in SGA expenses in the accompanying 2010 Consolidated Statement of Operations. The UKIM acquisition enabled the Company to expand operations into the UK market.
 
The final allocation of consideration for the UKIM acquisition is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Preliminary
purchase price
allocation
December 31,
2010
   
Adjustments/
reclassifications
   
Final
purchase price
allocation
December 31,
2011
 
Equipment and leasehold improvements
 
$
152
   
$
   
$
152
 
Customer relationships
   
3,238
     
     
3,238
 
Tradename
   
1,704
     
     
1,704
 
Covenants not to compete
   
107
     
     
107
 
Technology
   
5
     
     
5
 
Goodwill
   
2,895
     
1,487
     
4,382
 
Deferred tax asset associated with step-up in book basis
   
1,163
     
826
     
1,989
 
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
   
6,358
     
(1,940
)
   
4,418
 
Totals
 
$
15,622
   
$
373
   
$
15,995
 
 
In 2011, the Company finalized the purchase price allocation and recorded an adjustment to working capital resulting in an increase to total consideration paid of $373,000. Other adjustments to the purchase price allocation in 2011 relate primarily to a decrease in fair value of acquired account receivable. The goodwill and other intangible assets resulting from the UKIM acquisition are deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Other 2010 Acquisitions
 
Additionally, in 2010, the Company completed the following individually insignificant acquisitions, as defined in SEC Regulation S-X Rule 3-05, with an aggregate purchase price of $70.2 million, comprised of $62.8 million cash consideration less cash acquired of $1.0 million, 1,685,312 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of $5.9 million, $1.7 million of seller debt in the form of subordinated unsecured notes payable, and $786,000 of contingent consideration. A portion of this debt may be settled, at the election of the seller, with 135,282 shares of the Company’s common stock. In conjunction with the other 2010 acquisitions, the Company incurred transaction costs of $1.2 million, which are reported in SGA expenses in the accompanying 2010 Consolidated Statement of Operations. These acquisitions expanded the geographic coverage and, to a lesser extent, enhanced the service offering of the Company.
 
 
F-21

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
Company name
Form of acquisition
Date of acquisition
American Medical Bill Review, Inc. (AMBR)
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
March 15, 2010
Medical Evaluations, Inc. (MEI)
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
March 15, 2010
401 Diagnostics, Inc.
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
June 30, 2010
Independent Medical Services Corporation
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
June 30, 2010
Network Medical Review Co. Ltd.
100% of the outstanding common stock
June 30, 2010
SOMA Medical Assessments, Inc.
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
June 30, 2010
Exigere Corporation
100% of the outstanding common stock
August 6, 2010
Health Cost Management, LLC
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
September 1, 2010
BME Gateway, Inc.
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
October 1, 2010
Royal Medical Consultants, Inc.
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
December 20, 2010
 
The final allocation of consideration for these acquisitions is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Preliminary
purchase price
allocation
December 31,
2010
   
Adjustments/
reclassifications
   
Final
purchase price
allocation
December 31,
2011
 
Equipment and leasehold improvements
 
$
792
   
$
   
$
792
 
Customer relationships
   
24,814
     
     
24,814
 
Tradename
   
5,984
     
     
5,984
 
Covenants not to compete
   
242
     
     
242
 
Technology
   
1,219
     
     
1,219
 
Goodwill
   
37,513
     
298
     
37,811
 
Net deferred tax liability associated with step-up in book basis
   
(2,540
)
   
212
     
(2,328
)
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
   
2,294
     
(598
)
   
1,696
 
Totals
  $
70,318
    $
(88
)  
$
70,230
 
 
In 2011, the Company recorded adjustments to working capital resulting in a decrease to total consideration paid of $88,000. The SOMA Medical Assessments Inc. (“SOMA”) acquisition agreement contains a clawback provision whereby certain revenue and profitability targets must be met for a period of two years. At the time of closing, the Company expected SOMA to achieve the targeted levels. Additionally, the SOMA agreement contains contingent consideration in the form of an earnout provision based upon the achievement of certain revenue and profitability targets. At the date of the SOMA acquisition, the Company recorded $536,000 as the estimate of the fair value of the contingent consideration related to this acquisition. Any contingent consideration is payable at the end of a two-year period. The fair value of the contingent consideration is adjusted quarterly based primarily on variations in the expected performance of the acquired businesses with the change being recorded as other (income) expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded additional contingent consideration of $714,000 resulting primarily from the change in the value of the earnout as other expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.  In the third quarter of 2011, the Company and the sellers of SOMA agreed to terminate the clawback and earnout provisions in the acquisition agreement.  As a result, the Company recorded a reduction to contingent consideration of approximately $1.3 million in SGA expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations. Goodwill of $24.0 million and other intangible assets of $21.7 million are deductible for tax purposes.
 
 
F-22

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

 (b)              2011 Acquisitions

MES Group Acquisition
 
On February 28, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of MES Group, Inc. (“MES”) for aggregate consideration of $215.0 million, comprised of $175.0 million cash consideration, 1,424,501 shares of Company common stock with a fair value of approximately $30.0 million  (using a value of  $21.07 per share, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on February 28, 2011), and $10.0 million of assumed indebtedness under MES’ credit facility, which was paid off at closing. In conjunction with the MES acquisition, the Company incurred transaction costs of $2.0 million, of which $1.5 million and $535,000 were incurred in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively,  and are reported in SGA expenses in the Company’s accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The MES acquisition broadened the Company’s product portfolio, customer base and increased the Company’s market share in the U.S.
 
The final allocation of consideration for the MES acquisition is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Preliminary
purchase price
allocation
December 31, 2011
   
Adjustments/
reclassifications
   
Final
purchase price
allocation
December 31, 2012
 
Building, equipment and leasehold improvements
  $ 1,800     $     $ 1,800  
Customer relationships
    38,190              38,190   
Tradename
    17,426              17,426   
Covenants not to compete
    511              511   
Technology
    762              762   
Goodwill
    159,988        2,048        162,036   
Net deferred tax liability associated with step-up in book basis
    (18,244 )       693        (17,551 )  
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
    14,581        (2,741 )       11,840   
Totals
  $ 215,014     $     $ 215,014  

In the first quarter of 2012, the Company finalized the purchase price allocation with limited adjustments to the purchase price. The goodwill and $54.6 million of other intangible assets resulting from the MES acquisition are not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Premex Group Acquisition

On May 10, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding share capital of Premex Group Limited (“Premex”) for aggregate consideration of $108.4 million, comprised of $66.5 million cash consideration, 661,610 shares of Company common stock with a fair value of approximately $15.1 million (using a value of $22.85 per share, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on May 10, 2011) and $26.8 million of assumed indebtedness under Premex’s receivables facility, which was paid off at closing. In conjunction with the Premex acquisition, the Company incurred transaction costs of $646,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011 and are reported in SGA expenses in the Company’s accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Premex acquisition increased the Company’s market share in the U.K. and broadened the Company’s product portfolio and customer base in the U.K.

 
F-23

 
 
The final allocation of consideration for the Premex acquisition is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Preliminary
purchase price
allocation
December 31, 2011
   
Adjustments/
reclassifications
   
Final
purchase price
allocation
December 31, 2012
 
Equipment and leasehold improvements
  $ 650     $     $ 650  
Customer relationships
    32,886             32,886  
Tradename
    10,602             10,602  
Covenants not to compete
    109             109  
Technology
    2,356             2,356  
Goodwill
    28,131       3,686       31,817  
Net deferred tax liability associated with step-up in book basis
    603       (3,695 )     (3,092 )
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
    33,019       9       33,028  
Totals
  $ 108,356     $     $ 108,356  

In the second quarter of 2012, the Company finalized the purchase price allocation with limited adjustments to the purchase price. The goodwill and other intangible assets resulting from the Premex acquisition are expected to be deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes subject to the provisions of section 901(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC Section 901(m)”) which contain annual limitations.
 
Other 2011 Acquisitions
 
Additionally, in 2011, the Company completed the following individually insignificant acquisitions, as defined in SEC Regulation S-X Rule 3-05, with an aggregate purchase price of $44.6 million, comprised of $43.2 million cash consideration less cash acquired of $564,000, and 214,926 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of $2.0 million. In conjunction with the other 2011 acquisitions, the Company incurred transaction costs of $659,000, of which $562,000 and $55,000 were incurred in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and are reported in SGA expenses in the Company’s accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. These acquisitions expanded the geographic coverage and, to a lesser extent, enhanced the service offering of the Company.

Company name
Form of acquisition
Date of acquisition
National IME Centres Inc.
100% of the outstanding common stock
February 18, 2011
MLS Group of Companies, Inc.
100% of the outstanding common stock
September 28, 2011
Medicolegal Services, Inc.
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
September 28, 2011
North York Rehabilitation Centre Inc.
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
October 3, 2011
Capital Vocational Specialists Inc.
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
October 3, 2011
Matrix Health Management Inc.
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
October 24, 2011
Bronshvag
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
October 27, 2011
 
 
F-24

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

 
The final allocation of consideration for these acquisitions is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Preliminary
purchase price
allocation
December 31, 2011
   
Adjustments/
reclassifications
   
Final
purchase price
allocation
December 31, 2012
 
Equipment and leasehold improvements
  $ 213     $     $ 213  
Customer relationships
    18,577             18,577  
Tradename
    2,989             2,989  
Covenants not to compete
    197             197  
Technology
    334             334  
Goodwill
    21,500       (1,653 )     19,847  
Net deferred tax liability associated with step-up in book basis
    (356 )     50       (306 )
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net
    2,598       104       2,702  
Totals
  $ 46,052     $ (1,499 )   $ 44,553  
 
In 2012, the Company finalized the purchase price allocation, including recording adjustments to working capital, resulting in a reduction of total consideration paid of $1.5 million. Goodwill of $18.3 million and other intangible assets of $20.8 million are expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

(c)               2012 Acquisitions

In 2012, the Company completed the following individually insignificant acquisitions with an aggregate purchase price of $109.2 million, comprised of $112.0 million cash consideration less cash acquired of $2.9 million, and 6,190 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of $85,000. In conjunction with these 2012 acquisitions, the Company incurred transaction costs of $1.3 million, all of which were incurred in the year ended December 31, 2012. These amounts are reported in SGA expenses in the Company’s accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. These acquisitions expanded the geographic coverage and, to a lesser extent, enhanced the service offering of the Company.
 
Company name
 
Form of acquisition
   
Date of acquisition
Makos Health Associates Corp
 
Substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities
   
July 12, 2012
MedHealth Holdings Pty Limited
 
100% of the outstanding common stock
   
August 31, 2012
PMG
 
100% of the outstanding common stock
   
December 19, 2012

 
F-25

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

The preliminary allocation of consideration for these acquisitions is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Preliminary
purchase price
allocation
December 31, 2012
 
Equipment and leasehold improvements
  $ 850  
Customer relationships
    44,413  
Tradename
    11,901  
Covenants not to compete
    313  
Technology
    666  
Goodwill
    60,373  
Net deferred tax liability associated with step-up in book basis
    (9,610 )
Liabilities assumed, net
    269  
Total
  $ 109,175  

Goodwill of $53.5 million and other intangible assets of $50.2 million are expected to be deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of which are subject to the provisions of IRC Section 901(m) which contain annual limitations. The Company believes that information gathered to date provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed but the Company is waiting for additional information necessary to finalize those fair values. Thus, the provisional measurements of fair value set forth above are subject to change. Such changes are not expected to be significant. The Company expects to complete the purchase price allocation as soon as practicable but no later than one year from the acquisition date. The 2012 acquisitions contributed $22.9 million in revenues and $1.5 million in operating income for the year ended December 31, 2012.

(d)               Pro forma Financial Information
 
The following unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 assumes that the 2011 acquisitions were completed on January 1, 2010 and the 2012 acquisitions were completed on January 1, 2011.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, the pro forma results include adjustments to reflect additional interest expense of $14.8 million and $5.1 million, respectively, associated with the funding of the acquisitions assuming that acquisition related debt was incurred as referenced above.  In addition, incremental depreciation and amortization expense was recorded as if the acquisitions had occurred on the dates referenced above and amounted to $22.9 million and $9.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.  Finally, adjustments of $16.3 million and $4.6 million were made to SGA expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, principally related to certain salary and other personal  expenses attributable to the previous owners of the acquired businesses.  These adjustments represent contractual reductions and are considered to be non-recurring and are not expected to have a continuing impact on the operations of the Company.
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Pro forma revenues
  $ 543,281     $ 573,736  
Pro forma net loss
    (14,156 )     (17,931 )
                 
Pro forma loss per share: Basic and diluted
  $ (0.41 )   $ (0.53 )

The pro forma financial information presented above is not necessarily indicative of either the results of operations that would have occurred had the acquisitions been effective as of January 1 of the respective years or of future operations of the Company.
 
 
F-26

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

(4)               Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements
 
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements at December 31, 2011 and 2012, consist of the following (in thousands):
 
    Estimated    
December 31,
 
    useful lives (years)    
2011
   
2012
 
Building
    15       $ 600     $ 600  
Computer and office equipment
    3         10,742       15,557  
Furniture and fixtures
  3 to 5       1,682       2,586  
Leasehold improvements
   
Lease term
        627       1,877  
                13,651       20,620  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
              4,733       10,287  
Totals
            $ 8,918     $ 10,333  
 
Depreciation expense was $1.7 million, and $4.0 million and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
 
 (5)              Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2011 and 2012 consists of the following (in thousands):
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
 
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
90,582
   
$
300,260
 
Goodwill acquired during the year
   
209,619
     
60,373
 
Adjustments to prior year acquisitions
   
1,799
     
7,109
 
Effect of foreign currency translation
   
(1,740
)
   
2,401
 
Balance at end of year
 
$
300,260
   
$
370,143
 
 
Intangible assets at December 31, 2011 and 2012, consist of the following (in thousands):
 
           
December 31, 2011
 
 
Estimated
useful lives
(months)
   
Gross
carrying
amount
   
Accumulated
amortization
   
Net
carrying
value
 
Amortizable intangible assets:
                         
Customer relationships
40
 to 
60    
$
157,826
   
$
(50,438
)
 
$
107,388
 
Tradenames
45
 to 
84      
48,046
     
(13,277
)
   
34,769
 
Covenants not to compete
 
36
       
2,784
     
(1,587
)
   
1,197
 
Technology
24
 to
40      
6,750
     
(3,936
)
   
2,814
 
Totals
         
$
215,406
   
$
(69,238)
   
$
146,168
 

 
F-27

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

           
December 31, 2012
 
 
Estimated
useful lives
(months)
   
Gross
carrying
amount
   
Accumulated
amortization
   
Net
carrying
value
 
Amortizable intangible assets:
                         
Customer relationships
40
to
60    
$
204,699
   
$
(90,040)
   
$
114,659
 
Tradenames
45
to
84      
60,620
     
(24,413)
     
36,207
 
Covenants not to compete
 
36
       
3,116
     
(2,313)
     
803
 
Technology
24
to
40      
7,530
     
(6,303)
     
1,227
 
Totals
         
$
275,965
   
$
(123,069)
   
$
152,896
 
 
The aggregate intangible amortization expense was $17.8 million, $43.4 million and $53.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Amount
 
Years ended December 31:
       
2013
 
$
56,578
 
2014
   
40,427
 
2015
   
30,156
 
2016
   
16,264
 
2017
   
9,057
 
Thereafter
   
414
 
Total
 
$
152,896
 

(6)               Accrued Expenses
 
Accrued expenses at December 31, 2011 and 2012 consist of the following (in thousands):
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
 
Accrued compensation and benefits
 
$
3,323
   
$
7,217
 
Accrued selling and professional fees
   
4,112
     
5,777
 
Accrued income and other taxes
   
1,546
     
2,384
 
Accrued medical panel fees
   
1,880
     
2,646
 
Accrued value added tax
   
15,812
     
14,872
 
Other accrued expenses
   
1,737
     
3,099
 
Totals
 
$
28,410
   
$
35,995
 
 
(7)              Stockholders’ Equity

(a) 2010 Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company issued 1,767,994 shares of common stock, with a fair value of $2.9 million, to fund the stock consideration of the acquisitions completed in 2009. Additionally, the Company issued 355,584 shares of common stock, with a fair value of $572,000 to fund the stock component of the contingent consideration of an acquisition completed in 2009.

In December 2009, the Company initiated an equity offering of 1,250,361 shares of common stock in exchange for $3.5 million, of which $560,000 was received in December 2009 with the balance being received and shares issued in January 2010. Proceeds from this issuance were used to repay the December 2009 subordinated promissory notes.
 
 
F-28

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

In January 2010, the Company issued 739,506 shares of common stock with an estimated fair value of $1.4 million to Compass Partners, LLC (Compass) as consideration for the termination of a monitoring fee.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company commenced a private placement of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to raise between $5 million and $33.0 million of additional capital, with the final closing occurring on May 7, 2010. In 2010, the Company issued 4,975,180 preferred shares, representing approximately $33.0 million in gross proceeds to the Company. The preferred shares were converted into 4,975,180 shares of common stock upon the consummation of the initial public offering.

The Company issued warrants to purchase shares of common stock to the private placement agent equal to 9% of the total number of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock sold in the private placement. The warrants are exercisable for five years and have an exercise price of $6.63 per share. In addition, the placement agent elected to receive its placement agent fee and expense allowance of 7% and 2%, respectively, of proceeds from the private placement in shares of ExamWorks common stock and $270,000 in cash consideration. In conjunction with the final closing of the private placement on May 7, 2010, the Company issued 447,763 warrants to the placement agent, as described above, with an estimated fair value of $126,000 as of that date. In addition, as partial payment for its services, the Company issued 407,062 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of $1.0 million, to the placement agent as of that date. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 4,388 of these warrants were exercised in exchange for shares of common stock. On November 2, 2010, the Company cancelled the warrants issued on May 7, 2010, and issued revised warrants reflecting the Reorganization, the October 12, 2010 stock split and the initial public offering. As of December 31, 2010, there were 443,375 warrants outstanding.

On July 16, 2010, the Company issued 43,620 shares of restricted stock with an estimated fair value of $145,000 to the members of the Board of Directors as compensation for services to be provided in the upcoming year. On October 12, 2010, the Company issued an additional 6,853 shares of restricted stock with an estimated fair value of $44,000. The Company recorded the expense related to these awards in selling, general and administrative expenses over the one-year service period.

On August 4, 2010, the Company issued 103,947 shares of common stock with a fair value of $576,000 to fund the stock component of the first earnout obligation from a 2009 acquisition.

On August 23, 2010, the Company sold approximately 17,000 shares of common stock for $200,000 in cash.

(b) 2011 Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company issued approximately 2.1 million shares of common stock, with a fair value of $45.4 million, to fund the stock consideration of certain acquisitions completed through June 30, 2011. Additionally, in October 2011, the Company reissued, from treasury, approximately 203,000 shares of common stock, with a fair value of $1.8 million, to fund the stock consideration of certain acquisitions completed in October 2011.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company issued approximately 458,000 shares of common stock to settle stock options exercised during the year.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company issued approximately 21,000 shares of common stock to settle warrants exercised during the period.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company issued approximately 14,000 shares of common stock to settle vested restricted stock units granted in the prior year to an outside consultant as compensation for services to be provided during the year. The Company recorded the expense related to these awards in SGA expenses over the requisite service period.
 
 
F-29

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

On August 4, 2011, the Company issued approximately 31,000 shares of restricted stock with an estimated fair value of $425,000 to the members of the Board of Directors as compensation for services to be provided in the upcoming year. The Company recorded the expense related to these awards in SGA expenses over the one-year service period.

On August 12, 2011, the Company issued approximately 58,000 shares of common stock with a fair value of approximately $808,000 to fund the stock component of the second earnout obligation from a 2009 acquisition.
 
On August 8, 2011, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the implementation of a share repurchase program to repurchase up to $20.0 million of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock for treasury. Purchases under this buyback program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions, including pursuant to the terms of a 10b5-1 plan. A 10b5-1 plan allows a company to purchase shares during a blackout period, provided the company communicates its share purchase instructions to the broker prior to the blackout period, pursuant to a written plan that may not be changed. The timing of these purchases depends upon several factors, including market conditions, the market price of the Company's common stock, the effect of the share dilution on earnings, available cash and any other potential risks the Company might encounter. The share repurchase plan may be discontinued at any time at the discretion of the Company. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company had repurchased approximately 1,009,000 shares of common stock under the share repurchase program. These shares were repurchased at an average cost of $9.34 per share for a total cost of $9.4 million.
 
(c) 2012 Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued approximately 282,000 shares of common stock to settle stock options exercised during the year.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued approximately 21,000 shares of common stock to settle warrants exercised during the period.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued approximately 9,000 shares of common stock to settle vested restricted stock units granted in the prior year to an outside consultant as compensation for services to be provided during the year.  The Company recorded the expense related to these awards in SGA expenses over the requisite service period.

During the year ended December 31, 2012 the Company issued approximately 39,000 shares of restricted stock with an estimated fair value of $455,000 to the members of the Board of Directors as compensation for services to be provided in the upcoming year.  The Company will record the expense related to these awards in SGA expenses over the one-year service period.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, in connection with the post-acquisition performance provisions of a 2010 acquisition agreement, the Company recovered approximately 67,000 shares of its common stock with a value of $896,000. These shares of common stock are held as treasury shares as of December 31, 2012.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company repurchased approximately 39,000 shares of common stock under the share repurchase program.  These shares were repurchased at an average cost of $9.91 per share for a total cost of $387,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company reissued, from treasury, approximately 6,000 shares of common stock, with a fair value of $85,000, to fund the stock consideration of an acquisition completed in July 2012.
 
 
F-30

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

Repurchased shares of the Company’s common stock are held as treasury shares until they are reissued or retired. When the Company reissues treasury stock, if the value of the transaction is greater than the average price paid to acquire the shares, an increase in additional paid-in capital is recorded. Conversely, if the value of the transaction is less than the average price paid to acquire the shares, a decrease is recorded to additional paid-in capital to the extent of increases previously recorded for similar transactions, and a decrease is recorded in retained earnings for any remaining amount.

(8)               Related Party Transactions
 
In June 2009, the Company engaged RedRidge Finance Group (“RedRidge”) to assist the Company in securing additional debt financing to allow the Company to continue to implement its acquisition strategy. P&P Investment, LLC (“P&P”), a company owned by Richard Perlman and James Price, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, respectively, of the Company, are minority owners of RedRidge. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company paid RedRidge $425,000 in connection with a previous credit facility. Pursuant to the payment of the broker fees, the Company, RedRidge, P&P, Mr. Perlman and Mr. Price entered into a letter agreement under which P&P waived any right it had to any portion of the broker fees paid by the Company to RedRidge and agreed that such broker fee, minus amounts paid to RedRidge’s employees, would be paid solely to RedRidge’s majority owner. No such broker fees were paid to RedRidge during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.
 
The previous and existing revolving credit facilities contain a provision requiring the Company to use a third party to perform financial due diligence for acquisitions exceeding a certain size. With the approval of the senior lender, the Company engaged RedRidge to assist it with financial due diligence and incurred $725,000, $490,000 and $238,000 in fees, respectively, pertaining to acquisition-related work performed during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. P&P, Mr. Perlman and Mr. Price have likewise waived any right P&P had to any portion of the diligence fees paid by the Company to RedRidge.
 
In 2010, the Company utilized private planes when necessary for business operations using a NetJets, Inc. (“NetJets”) share belonging to PerPrice Aviation, Inc., a Georgia corporation (“PerPrice”). Mr. Perlman and Mr. Price each own 50% of the total outstanding shares of PerPrice. PerPrice was reimbursed for the actual cost incurred in connection with the Company’s use of the NetJets share in 2010, which totaled approximately $311,000. The Company did not incur further costs in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.
 
In June 2010, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Compass for corporate office space located at 655 Madison Avenue, 23rd Floor, New York, NY. Pursuant to the lease, which runs from April 1, 2010 through June 30, 2014, the Company paid Compass a rental fee of $10,080 per month in 2010, which fee was subject to increase commencing January 1, 2011 based on a proportionate pass through of base rent increases and increases for property taxes and building operating expenses. The aggregate amount of all periodic rental payments made to Compass for such office space for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $102,720. In addition, in June 2010, the Company paid Compass $40,320 as advance rent payment for the last four months of the lease and approximately $62,000 as its share of leasehold improvements. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company made rental payments to Compass of $132,000. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company made rental payments to Compass of $124,000.  Prior to the entry into this lease agreement, the Company did not incur costs in excess of $120,000 per year with respect to leasing this corporate office space.
 
 
F-31

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
The Company is a party to certain consulting agreements with each of Dr. Edward M. Decter and Dr. Steven G. Robbins, who are stockholders of the Company, and were considered related parties through the IPO in November 2010, and members of its medical panel, which set forth the terms and conditions upon which Dr. Decter and Dr. Robbins are entitled to compensation for IMEs and other services performed by them on behalf of the Company. In addition, such agreements provide that Dr. Decter and Dr. Robbins are to be provided with a minimum number of IMEs. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company paid Dr. Decter $1.1 million for IME services performed. For the years ended December 31, 2010, the Company paid Dr. Robbins $415,000 for IME services performed.
 
(9)              Commitments and Contingencies
 
(a)               Lease Commitments
 
The Company and its subsidiaries lease office space and office related equipment under noncancelable operating leases with various expiration dates from 2013 through 2023.
 
Future minimum lease payments under the operating leases in each of the years subsequent to December 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Amount
 
Years ended December 31:
     
2013
  $ 10,804  
2014
    9,248  
2015
    7,718  
2016
    4,719  
2017
    2,914  
Thereafter
    5,638  
Total
  $ 41,041  
 
Related rent expense was $4.0 million, $8.1 million and $9.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
 
(b)              Employee Benefit Plans
 
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries each sponsor separate voluntary defined contribution pension plans. The plans cover employees that meet specific age and length of service requirements. The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have various matching and vesting arrangements within their individual plans. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company recorded $41,000 $297,000 and $529,000, respectively, in compensation expense related to these plans.
  
(10)            Long-Term Debt
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Senior Unsecured Notes Payable (a)
 
$
250,000
   
$
250,000
 
Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, Bank of America, N.A. (b)
   
5,000
     
99,926
 
Working capital facilities, Barclays (c)
   
39,063
     
34,459
 
Various subordinated unsecured notes payable; maturing at various dates from 2011 through 2014 (d)
   
2,649
     
575
 
     
296,712
     
384,960
 
Less current portion
   
1,932
     
6,258
 
   
$
294,780
   
$
378,702
 
 
 
F-32

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
(a)     On July 19, 2011, the Company closed a private offering of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.0% senior notes due 2019 (the “Initial Notes”). The Initial Notes were issued at a price of 100% of their principal amount. A portion of the gross proceeds of $250.0 million were used to repay borrowings outstanding under the Company’s Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and pay related fees and expenses, and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. In June 2012, in accordance with the registration rights granted to the original purchasers of the Initial Notes, the Company completed an exchange offer of the privately placed Initial Notes for new 9.0% senior notes due 2019 (the “Exchange Notes,” and together with the Initial Notes, the “Senior Unsecured Notes”) registered with the SEC with substantially identical terms to the Initial Notes. The Senior Unsecured Notes are senior obligations of ExamWorks and are guaranteed by ExamWorks’ existing and future U.S. subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”).
 
The Senior Unsecured Notes were issued under an Indenture, dated as of July 19, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).  The Senior Unsecured Notes are the Company’s general senior unsecured obligations, and rank equally with the Company’s existing and future senior unsecured obligations and senior to all of the Company’s further subordinated indebtedness. The Senior Unsecured Notes accrue interest at a rate of 9.0% per year, payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2012.
 
At any time on or after July 15, 2015, the Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Unsecured Notes at the redemption prices stated in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. Prior to July 15, 2014, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes with net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 109% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, provided that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes remains outstanding after redemption. Further, the Company may redeem some or all of the of the Senior Unsecured Notes at any time prior to July 15, 2015 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes plus a make whole premium described in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
 
The Indenture includes covenants which, subject to certain exceptions, limit the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture) to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, make certain types of restricted payments, incur liens on assets of the Company or the restricted subsidiaries, engage in asset sales and enter into transactions with affiliates. Upon a change of control (as defined in the Indenture), the Company may be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Unsecured Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Indenture also contains customary events of default.
 
(b)     The Company entered into a Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility agreement dated November 2, 2010 with Bank of America, N.A. The facility initially consisted of a $180.0 million revolving credit facility. The facility is available to finance the Company’s acquisition program and working capital needs. On February 9, 2011, the Company exercised the accordion feature of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, increasing the facility from $180.0 million to $245.0 million.
 
On May 6, 2011, the Company increased and fully exercised the accordion features of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.  The increase and exercise of the accordion feature increased the committed capacity of the credit facility by $55.0 million, from a total of $245.0 million to a total of $300.0 million.
 
 
F-33

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
On July 7, 2011, the Company entered into a second amendment to its Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “Second Amendment”) which became effective simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s private offering of the Senior Unsecured Notes.  The Second Amendment amended the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, (i) extend the maturity date of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility from November 2013 to July 2016; (ii) permit the issuance and sale of the Senior Unsecured Notes; (iii) replace the consolidated senior leverage ratio with a consolidated senior secured leverage ratio while permitting the maximum consolidated senior secured leverage ratio to be 3.00 to 1; (iv) permit the Company’s maximum consolidated leverage ratio to increase from 3.5 to 1 to 4.75 to 1; (v) reduce the borrowing cost; and (vi) allow the Company to complete acquisitions with a purchase price of up to $75.0 million (previously $50.0 million) without prior lender consent. The Second Amendment also reduced the aggregate revolving commitments under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility by $37.5 million for a maximum commitment of $262.5 million, subject to the Company’s right to increase the aggregate revolving commitments by $37.5 million for a maximum commitment of $300.0 million, so long as the Company is not in default and the Company satisfies certain other customary conditions.

On February 27, 2012, the Company entered into a third amendment to its Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “Third Amendment”). The Third Amendment amended the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility as to the definitions of consolidated fixed charges and consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and does not permit the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than (i) for any fiscal quarter ending during the period from December 31, 2011 to and including September 30, 2012, 1.75 to 1.00 and (ii) for any fiscal quarter ending thereafter, 2.00 to 1.00.
 
On August 27, 2012, the Company entered into a fourth amendment to its Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “Fourth Amendment”). The Fourth Amendment amended the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to add the Australian dollar as an alternative currency and increased the alternative currency sublimit from USD $60.0 million to USD $100.0 million.
 
Borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, as amended, bear interest, at either (i) LIBOR plus the applicable margin or (ii) a base rate (equal to the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Bank of America prime rate and (c) LIBOR (using a one month-period) plus 1.0%), plus the applicable margin, as the Company elects. The applicable margin means a percentage per annum determined in accordance with the following table:
 
Pricing
Tier
   
Consolidated Senior
Secured Leverage Ratio
   
Commitment
Fee/Unused
Line Fee
   
Letter of
Credit Fee
   
Eurocurrency
Rate Loans
   
Base Rate
Loans
 
1
     2.50 to 1.0       0.50 %     3.75 %     3.75 %     2.75 %
2
    ≥ 2.00 to 1.0 but < 2.50 to 1.0       0.45 %     3.50 %     3.50 %     2.50 %
3
    ≥ 1.50 to 1.0 but < 2.00 to 1.0       0.40 %     3.25 %     3.25 %     2.25 %
4
    ≥ 1.00 to 1.0 but < 1.50 to 1.0       0.35 %     3.00 %     3.00 %     2.00 %
5
    < 1.00 to 1.0       0.30 %     2.75 %     2.75 %     1.75 %
 
In the event of default, the outstanding indebtedness under the facility will bear interest at an additional 2%.

The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including among other things financial covenants requiring the Company to not exceed a maximum consolidated senior secured leverage coverage ratio, a maximum total consolidated leverage ratio and to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio. The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility also restricts the Company’s ability (subject to certain exceptions) to incur indebtedness, prepay or amend other indebtedness, create liens, make certain fundamental changes including mergers or dissolutions, pay dividends and make other payments in respect of capital stock, make certain investments, sell assets, change its lines of business, enter into transactions with affiliates and other corporate actions.
 
 
F-34

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $99.9 million outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, bearing interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.00%, resulting in $162.6 million of undrawn commitments.  Of the total amount outstanding as of December 31, 2012, $51.9 million was denominated in Australian dollars (“AUD”) with the balance denominated in U.S. dollars. The credit agreement governing the Company’s Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including among other things, financial covenants which may limit the amount of borrowings available.
 
(c)           On September 29, 2010, the Company’s indirect 100% owned subsidiary UKIM entered into a Sales Finance Agreement (the “UKIM SFA”) with Barclays Bank PLC (“Barclays”), pursuant to which Barclays will provide UKIM a working capital facility of up to £5,000,000, subject to the terms and conditions of the UKIM SFA. The working capital facility bears a discount margin of 2.5% over Base Rate (0.5% rate on December 31, 2012) and serves to finance UKIM’s unpaid account receivables.  The working capital facility has a minimum term of 36 months. The working capital facility operates on a co-terminus and cross-default basis with other facilities provided by Barclays and with the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $6.0 million outstanding under the working capital facility, resulting in approximately $2.1 million in availability.
 
On May 12, 2011, the Company’s indirect 100% owned subsidiary Premex entered into a Sales Finance Agreement (the “Premex SFA”) with Barclays, pursuant to which Barclays will provide Premex a working capital facility of up to £26,500,000, subject to the terms and conditions of the Premex SFA. The working capital facility bears a discount margin of 2.4% over Base Rate (0.5% rate on December 31, 2012) and serves to finance Premex’s unpaid account receivables.  The working capital facility has a minimum term of 36 months. The working capital facility operates on a co-terminus and cross-default basis with other facilities provided by Barclays and with the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $28.5 million outstanding under the working capital facility, resulting in approximately $14.4 million in availability.

(d)           During 2009 and 2010, the Company issued seller debt in the form of subordinated unsecured notes payable with an estimated fair value of approximately $6.9 million relating to certain acquisitions (see Note 3). These notes are unsecured and subordinated to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Unsecured Notes issued in July 2011. Five notes payable totaling $4.4 million bear interest at 6%, and are payable quarterly with amounts ranging between $50,000 and $76,000, with maturity dates ranging from August 2011 through March 2013. The remaining balance of the notes payable, $2.5 million, are noninterest bearing and are payable annually with amounts ranging between $250,000 and $750,000, maturing in 2014. The Company made principal payments totaling $2.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.
 
As of December 31, 2012, future maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Amount
 
Years ended December 31:
       
2013
 
$
6,258
 
2014
   
28,776
 
2015
   
 
2016
   
99,926
 
2017
   
 
Thereafter
   
250,000
 
Total
 
$
384,960
 
 
 
F-35

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
(11)            Financial Instruments
 
The FASB issued ASC 815 which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. ASC 815 requires an entity to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities and measure those instruments at fair value. Derivatives that do not qualify as a hedge must be adjusted to fair value in earnings. If the derivative does qualify as a hedge under ASC 815, changes in the fair value will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of a hedge’s change in fair value will be immediately recognized in earnings.
 
In August 2008, in order to protect against interest rate exposure on its variable-rate debt, the Company entered into an interest rate swap to fix the interest rate applicable to certain of its variable-rate debt. The agreement swaps one-month LIBOR for a fixed interest rate of 4.36% with a notional amount of $8.3 million, $6.6 million and $4.8 million as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The Company did not meet the criteria for hedge accounting under ASC 815, thus the difference between its amortized cost and its fair value resulted in an unrealized gain (loss) at December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 of $(42,000), $328,000 and $225,000 respectively, and such amount was reported in interest and other expenses, net on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In September 2012, in order to protect against foreign currency exposure on its Australian operations, the Company borrowed in Australian dollars as a hedge of its net investment in Australia related to the MedHealth acquisition. The Company has outstanding debt of approximately AUD$50.0 million that is designated as a hedge of its net investment in Australia as of December 31, 2012. There were no amounts designated as net investment hedges as of December 31, 2011. This non-derivative net investment hedge was classified as long-term debt in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. In accordance with ASC 815, the translation of this debt instrument designated as a net investment hedge is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, offsetting the currency translation adjustment of the related net investment that is also recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. This instrument will mature in conjunction with amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes.
 
(12)            Income Taxes
 
The components of the benefit for income taxes for the period for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
Current:
                 
Federal
  $ 1,913     $ 422     $ 6,719  
State
    285       352       2,547  
Foreign
    724       1,508       3,949  
      2,922       2,282       13,215  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    (4,120 )     (5,189 )     (13,285 )
State
    (616 )     (916 )     (2,857 )
Foreign
    (670 )     (259 )     (5,059 )
                         
Total
    (5,406 )     (6,364 )     (21,201 )
Benefit for income taxes
  $ (2,484 )   $ (4,082 )   $ (7,987 )
 
 
F-36

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
Deferred taxes result from temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws and regulations. The sources of the temporary differences and their effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
 
   
Current
   
Noncurrent
   
Current
   
Noncurrent
 
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 2,578     $     $ 2,415     $  
Loss on interest rate swap
          131       40        
Net operating loss carryforwards
    1,224                   144  
Shared-based compensation
          3,565             8,112  
Tax credits
          2,407              
Foreign currency translation
          960             60  
Other deferred tax assets
    329       1,115       440       1,303  
Total deferred tax assets
    4,131       8,178       2,895       9,619  
Deferred tax liabilities:
                               
Basis difference of intangible assets
          (4,308 )           (1,606 )
Basis difference of property and equipment
          (1,168 )           (1,364 )
Cash to accrual adjustments
    (2,154 )     (4,758 )     (2,363 )     (2,467 )
Other deferred tax liabilities
    (337 )     (103 )     (516 )     (9 )
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (2,491 )     (10,337 )     (2,879 )     (5,446 )
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $ 1,640     $ (2,159 )   $ 16     $ 4,173  
 
The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate to income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
Expected tax benefit
 
$
(2,897)
   
$
(4,221)
   
$
(8,024)
 
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
                       
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
   
(297)
     
(274)
     
(770)
 
Non-deductible items
   
636
     
668
     
274
 
Tax rate international
   
(14)
     
(533)
     
551
 
Other
   
88
     
278
     
(18)
 
Income tax benefit
 
$
(2,484)
   
$
(4,082)
   
$
(7,987)
 
 
 
F-37

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
The Company generated $5.2 million of U.S. federal taxable income in the year ended December 31, 2010, fully utilizing its U.S. federal net operating losses (“NOLs”) from 2009.  
 
In 2011, in conjunction with the MES acquisition, the Company acquired $23.3 million of NOLs. These NOLs were subject to annual limitations resulting from the change in control provisions in section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC Section 382”). The Company generated $18.7 million of U.S. federal taxable income in the year ended December 31, 2011 and utilized $18.7 million of the NOLs in 2011 to offset against this U.S. federal taxable income. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $4.6 million in NOLs to offset against future U.S. federal taxable income. Additionally, in conjunction with the MES acquisition, the Company acquired alternative minimum tax ("AMT") credit carryforwards of $171,000 which may be used to offset future U.S. federal tax liabilities.  As of December 31, 2011 the Company had $894,000 in foreign tax credits related to income taxes payable at certain of its businesses located in the U.K. which may be used to offset against future U.S. federal tax liabilities.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company generated an estimated $35.3 million of U.S. federal taxable income and fully utilized $4.6 million in NOLs from the 2011 year.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 the Company utilized AMT credits of $171,000 to offset its U.S. federal tax liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company generated an additional estimated $2.5 million in foreign tax credits related to income taxes payable at certain of its businesses located in the U.K. and Australia and utilized $3.4 million in foreign tax credits to offset its current tax liability.  Additionally, in 2012 we utilized $7.9 million of option related tax benefits, reducing its income taxes payable by $2.9 million, the benefit of which was recorded to additional paid in capital.  Management believes that it is more likely than not that the recorded deferred tax assets will be realized.
 
The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740 as it relates to uncertain tax positions. This interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. ASC 740 states that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized only if it is “more likely than not” that the position is sustainable, based on its technical merits. The tax benefit of a qualifying position is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority having full knowledge of all relevant information.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the liability related to unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $176,000. The Company recorded an additional liability of $132,000 and $19,000 in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, related to acquired liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits and interest and penalties on prior year tax positions. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
 
The following table summarizes the activity related to the unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands):

 Balance at January 1, 2011
 
$
176
 
Increase to prior year tax positions
   
132
 
Increase to current year tax positions
   
 
Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of taxes
   
 
Decrease related to settlements
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2011
   
308
 
Increase to prior year tax positions
   
19
 
Increase to current year tax positions
   
 
Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of taxes
   
 
Decrease related to settlements
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
$
327
 
 
 
F-38

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income or state tax return examinations by tax authorities for tax years before 2008 and 2007, respectively, which periods relate to certain acquired businesses. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for 2009 during the second quarter of 2011, and in January 2012, the Company received a closure letter from the IRS stating that no adjustments were identified. The Company operates in multiple taxing jurisdictions and faces audits from various tax authorities. The Company remains subject to examination until the statute of limitations expires for the respective tax jurisdiction. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of the unrecognized benefit will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.
 
Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal income taxes has been recorded. Deferred taxes are provided for earnings outside the United States when those earnings are not considered indefinitely reinvested.
  
 (13)            Segment and Geographical Information
 
The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, (“ASC Topic 280”). ASC 280, which is based on a management approach to segment reporting, establishes requirements to report selected segment information quarterly and to report annually entity-wide disclosures about products, major customers and the geographies in which the entity holds material assets and reports revenue. An operating segment is defined as a component that engages in business activities whose operating results are reviewed by the chief operating decision maker and for which discrete financial information is available. Based on the provisions of ASC 280, the Company has determined that it operates in one segment. The Company manages its resources and assesses its performance on an enterprise-wide basis. The Company’s product groups qualify for aggregation under ASC 280 due to their similarities in customer base, economic characteristics, and the nature of products and services provided.  
 
Information relating to the Company’s revenues and long-lived assets by geography is as follows (in thousands):

Revenues:
  For the years ended December 31,  
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
United States
  $ 147,918     $ 298,056     $ 340,200  
Canada
    9,710       21,271       27,595  
United Kingdom
    5,883       78,533       131,278  
Australia
                22,164  
Total
  $ 163,511     $ 397,860     $ 521,237  
 
Long-lived assets: (1)
 
December 31,
         
    2011     2012          
United States
  $ 340,955       337,831          
Canada
    42,377       34,919          
United Kingdom
    96,822       99,140          
Australia
          94,291          
Total
  $ 480,154     $ 566,181          
 
(1)  Long-lived assets are noncurrent assets excluding deferred tax assets and deferred financing costs.
 
 
F-39

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

(14)            Condensed Consolidating Financial Information of Guarantor Subsidiaries

The Company has outstanding certain indebtedness that is guaranteed by all of its U.S. subsidiaries. However, the indebtedness is not guaranteed by the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. The guarantor subsidiaries are 100% owned and the guarantees are made on a joint and several basis, and are full and unconditional. Separate consolidated financial statements of the guarantor subsidiaries have not been presented because management believes that such information would not be material to investors. However, condensed consolidating financial information as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three years ended December 31, 2012 is presented below. The Company (issuer of the Senior Unsecured Notes) was formed in June 2010 to implement a holding company organizational structure. As a result, all operating activities are conducted through the Company’s 100% owned  subsidiaries. On August 31, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of MedHealth Holdings Pty Limited ("MedHealth"), an Australian entity. In connection with this acquisition, the Company formed a new Delaware holding company, ExamWorks AP, Inc. (“ExamWorks AP”). ExamWorks AP was added to the Indenture as a guarantor of the Senior Unsecured Notes and is a direct subsidiary of the Company.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2010
(In thousands)
 
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
ExamWorks
Group, Inc.
(Parent
Corporation)
   
Consolidated
Totals
 
                         
Revenues
  $ 147,917     $ 15,594     $     $ 163,511  
Costs and expenses:
                               
Costs of revenues
    94,238       9,368             103,606  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    34,789       2,900             37,689  
Depreciation and amortization
    17,044       2,461             19,505  
Total costs and expenses
    146,071       14,729             160,800  
Income from operations
    1,846       865             2,711  
Interest and other expenses, net
    10,034       1,199             11,233  
Loss before income taxes
    (8,188 )     (334 )           (8,522 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (2,538 )     54             (2,484 )
Net loss
  $ (5,650 )   $ (388 )   $     $ (6,038 )
                                 
Comprehensive Income (Loss):
                               
Net loss
  $ (5,650 )   $ (388 )   $     $ (6,038 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
          1,216             1,216  
Total comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (5,650 )   $ 828     $     $ (4,822 )
 
 
F-40

 

EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the year ended December 31, 2011
(In thousands)
 
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
ExamWorks
Group, Inc.
(Parent
Corporation)
   
Consolidated
Totals
 
                         
Revenues
  $ 298,056     $ 99,804     $     $ 397,860  
Costs and expenses:
                               
Costs of revenues
    203,651       58,591             262,242  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    55,139       28,994             84,133  
Depreciation and amortization
    34,081       13,358             47,439  
Total costs and expenses
    292,871       100,943             393,814  
Income (loss) from operations
    5,185       (1,139 )           4,046  
Interest and other expenses, net
    14,148       2,313             16,461  
Loss before income taxes
    (8,963 )     (3,452 )           (12,415 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (5,331 )     1,249             (4,082 )
Net loss
  $ (3,632 )   $ (4,701 )   $     $ (8,333 )
                                 
Comprehensive Loss:
                               
Net loss
  $ (3,632 )   $ (4,701 )   $     $ (8,333 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
          (2,645 )           (2,645 )
Total comprehensive loss
  $ (3,632 )   $ (7,346 )   $     $ (10,978 )
 
 
F-41

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the year ended December 31, 2012
(In thousands)
 
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
ExamWorks
Group, Inc.
(Parent
Corporation)
   
Consolidated
Totals
 
                         
Revenues
  $ 340,200     $ 181,037     $     $ 521,237  
Costs and expenses:
                               
Costs of revenues
    241,281       102,770             344,051  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    60,255       53,255             113,510  
Depreciation and amortization
    34,339       24,212             58,551  
Total costs and expenses
    335,875       180,237             516,112  
Income from operations
    4,325       800             5,125  
Interest and other expenses, net
    24,411       3,640             28,051  
Loss before income taxes
    (20,086 )     (2,840 )           (22,926 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (10,320 )     2,333             (7,987 )
Net loss
  $ (9,766 )   $ (5,173 )   $     $ (14,939 )
                                 
Comprehensive Loss:
                               
Net loss
  $ (9,766 )   $ (5,173 )   $     $ (14,939 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
    (249 )     4,861             4,612  
Total comprehensive loss
  $ (10,015 )   $ (312 )   $     $ (10,327 )
 
 
F-42

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011
(In thousands)
 
Assets
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
ExamWorks
Group, Inc.
(Parent
Corporation)
   
Consolidation
and
Elimination
Entries
   
Consolidated
Totals
 
Current assets:
                             
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 6,044     $ 2,372     $     $     $ 8,416  
Accounts receivable, net
    44,690       99,351                   144,041  
Other receivables
    26       14                   40  
Prepaid expenses
    2,694       1,793                   4,487  
Deferred tax assets
    1,373       267                   1,640  
Other current assets
    14       1,159                   1,173  
                                         
Total current assets
    54,841       104,956                   159,797  
                                         
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net
    7,745       1,173                   8,918  
Goodwill
    240,252       60,008                   300,260  
Intangible assets, net
    84,833       61,335                   146,168  
Deferred tax assets, noncurrent
          1,913             (1,913 )      
Deferred financing costs, net
                11,458             11,458  
Other assets
    438                         438  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 388,109     $ 229,385     $ 11,458     $ (1,913 )   $ 627,039  
                                         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
                                       
Current liabilities:
                                       
Accounts payable
  $ 16,728     $ 25,914     $     $     $ 42,642  
Accrued expenses
    4,272       24,138                   28,410  
Accrued interest expense
                10,247             10,247  
Deferred revenue
    192       1,140                   1,332  
Current portion of subordinated unsecured notes payable
    1,932                         1,932  
Current portion of contingent earnout obligation
    91                         91  
Other current liabilities
    2,925       2,534                   5,459  
Total current liabilities
    26,140       53,726       10,247             90,113  
                                         
Senior unsecured notes payable
                250,000             250,000  
Senior secured revolving credit facility and working capital facilities
          39,063       5,000             44,063  
Long-term subordinated unsecured notes payable, less current portion
    717                         717  
Long-term contingent earnout obligation, less current portion
    86                         86  
Deferred tax liability, noncurrent
    4,072                   (1,913 )     2,159  
Other long-term liabilities
    1,691       286                   1,977  
Total liabilities
    32,706       93,075       265,247       (1,913 )     389,115  
                                         
Commitments and contingencies
                                       
                                         
Stockholders’ equity (deficit) (1)
    355,403       136,310       (253,789 )           237,924  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)
  $ 388,109     $ 229,385     $ 11,458     $ (1,913 )   $ 627,039  
 
(1) Includes intercompany investments in subsidiaries.
 
 
F-43

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012
(In thousands)
 
Assets
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor Subsidiaries
   
ExamWorks
Group, Inc.
(Parent
Corporation)
   
Consolidation
and
Elimination
Entries
   
Consolidated Totals
 
Current assets:
                             
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 4,125     $ 4,502     $     $     $ 8,627  
Accounts receivable, net
    43,939       100,737                   144,676  
Other receivables
    17       4                   21  
Prepaid expenses
    2,723       2,613                   5,336  
Deferred tax assets
    37                   (21 )     16  
Other current assets
          1,213                   1,213  
Total current assets
    50,841       109,069             (21 )     159,889  
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net
    8,339       1,994                   10,333  
Goodwill
    258,890       111,253                   370,143  
Intangible assets, net
    62,420       90,476                   152,896  
Long-term accounts receivable, less current portion
          31,708                   31,708  
Deferred tax assets, noncurrent
    61       4,112                   4,173  
Deferred financing costs, net
                10,258             10,258  
Other assets
    495       606                   1,101  
Total assets
  $ 381,046     $ 349,218     $ 10,258     $ (21 )   $ 740,501  
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
                                       
Current liabilities:
                                       
Accounts payable
  $ 14,756     $ 32,184     $     $     $ 46,940  
Accrued expenses
    8,067       27,928                   35,995  
Accrued interest expense
                10,918             10,918  
Deferred revenue
    103       3,848                   3,951  
Deferred tax liability
          21             (21 )      
Current portion of subordinated unsecured notes payable
    275                         275  
Current portion of contingent earnout obligation
    91                         91  
Current portion of working capital facilities
          5,983                   5,983  
Other current liabilities
    2,226       3,747                   5,973  
Total current liabilities
    25,518       73,711       10,918       (21 )     110,126  
Senior unsecured notes payable
                250,000             250,000  
Senior secured revolving credit facility and working capital facilities, less current portion
          28,476       99,926             128,402  
Long-term subordinated unsecured notes payable, less current portion
    300                         300  
Other long-term liabilities
    1,493       6,032                   7,525  
Total liabilities
    27,311       108,219       360,844       (21 )     496,353  
Commitments and contingencies
                                       
Stockholders’ equity (deficit) (1)
    353,735       240,999       (350,586 )           244,148  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)
  $ 381,046     $ 349,218     $ 10,258     $ (21 )   $ 740,501  
 
(1) Includes intercompany investments in subsidiaries.
 
 
F-44

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010
(In thousands)
 
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
ExamWorks
Group, Inc.
(Parent
Corporation)
   
Consolidated
Totals
 
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 14,565     $ 3,738     $     $ 18,303  
Investing activities:
                               
Cash paid for acquisitions, net
    (115,331 )     106             (115,225 )
Purchases of equipment and leasehold improvements, net
    (1,728 )     (2 )           (1,730 )
Working capital and other settlements for acquisitions
    418                   418  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (116,641 )     104             (116,537 )
Financing activities:
                               
Borrowings under credit facilities
                67,315       67,315  
Excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation
                974       974  
Proceeds from the exercise of options and warrants
                703       703  
Issuance of preferred stock, net
                32,421       32,421  
Issuance of common stock, net
                136,660       136,660  
Repayment of related party notes
    (3,500 )                 (3,500 )
Payment of deferred financing costs
                (6,534 )     (6,534 )
Repayment of subordinated unsecured notes payable
    (2,167 )                 (2,167 )
Net borrowings (repayments) under working capital facilities
    6,447       (1,450 )           4,997  
Repayment under credit facilities
                (100,550 )     (100,550 )
Intercompany investments and other
    130,989             (130,989 )      
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    131,769       (1,450 )           130,319  
Exchange rate impact on cash and cash equivalents
          40             40  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    29,693       2,432             32,125  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    1,499                   1,499  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 31,192     $ 2,432     $     $ 33,624  
 
 
F-45

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2011
(In thousands)
 
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
ExamWorks
Group, Inc.
(Parent
Corporation)
   
Consolidated
Totals
 
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 33,994     $ 5,549     $     $ 39,543  
Investing activities:
                               
Cash paid for acquisitions, net
    (320,496 )     (1,752 )           (322,248 )
Purchases of equipment and leasehold improvements, net
    (6,048 )     (808 )           (6,856 )
Working capital and other settlements for acquisitions
    (5,007 )     (1,703 )           (6,710 )
Net cash used in investing activities
    (331,551 )     (4,263 )           (335,814 )
Financing activities:
                               
Borrowings under senior secured revolving credit facility
                278,000       278,000  
Proceeds from the exercise of options and warrants
                2,292       2,292  
Borrowings under senior unsecured notes payable
                250,000       250,000  
Purchases of stock for treasury
                (9,421 )     (9,421 )
Payment of deferred financing costs
                (9,746 )     (9,746 )
Repayment of subordinated unsecured notes payable
    (2,421 )                 (2,421 )
Net borrowings under working capital facilities
    37,145       (1,524 )           35,621  
Repayment under senior secured revolving credit facility
                (273,000 )     (273,000 )
Intercompany investments and other
    237,685             (238,125 )     (440 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    272,409       (1,524 )           270,885  
Exchange rate impact on cash and cash equivalents
          178             178  
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (25,148 )     (60 )           (25,208 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    31,192       2,432             33,624  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 6,044     $ 2,372     $     $ 8,416  
 
 
F-46

 
 
EXAMWORKS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2012
(In thousands)
 
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
ExamWorks
Group, Inc.
(Parent
Corporation)
   
Consolidated
Totals
 
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 18,131     $ 6,646     $     $ 24,777  
Investing activities:
                               
Cash paid for acquisitions, net
    (110,111 )     1,141             (108,970 )
Purchases of equipment and leasehold improvements, net
    (5,071 )     (770 )           (5,841 )
Working capital and other settlements for acquisitions
    (857 )     1,284             427  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (116,039 )     1,655             (114,384 )
Financing activities:
                               
Borrowings under senior secured revolving credit facility
                170,640       170,640  
Excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation
                2,853       2,853  
Proceeds from the exercise of options and warrants
                2,258       2,258  
Purchases of stock for treasury
                (387 )     (387 )
Payment of deferred financing costs
                (1,074 )     (1,074 )
Repayment of subordinated unsecured notes payable
    (2,193 )                 (2,193 )
Net repayments of working capital facilities
          (6,279 )           (6,279 )
Repayment under senior secured revolving credit facility
                (76,000 )     (76,000 )
Intercompany investments and other
    98,182       14       (98,290 )     (94 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    95,989       (6,265 )           89,724  
Exchange rate impact on cash and cash equivalents
          94             94  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (1,919 )     2,130             211  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    6,044       2,372             8,416  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 4,125     $ 4,502     $     $ 8,627  
 
F-47